CN112868191A - Mobile terminal and cellular network with photonic antenna and pseudolite to increase transmission rate and reduce risk of brain disease and RF electromagnetic pollution - Google Patents
Mobile terminal and cellular network with photonic antenna and pseudolite to increase transmission rate and reduce risk of brain disease and RF electromagnetic pollution Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN112868191A CN112868191A CN201880097767.7A CN201880097767A CN112868191A CN 112868191 A CN112868191 A CN 112868191A CN 201880097767 A CN201880097767 A CN 201880097767A CN 112868191 A CN112868191 A CN 112868191A
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- matrix
- psat
- photonic
- antenna
- optical
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 134
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 title claims description 89
- 208000014644 Brain disease Diseases 0.000 title claims description 12
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 570
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 330
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 179
- 230000005693 optoelectronics Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 111
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 105
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 84
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 claims abstract 12
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 claims description 379
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 claims description 306
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 155
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 141
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 104
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 claims description 43
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 238000004026 adhesive bonding Methods 0.000 claims description 26
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 claims description 22
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 17
- 102000030592 phosphoserine aminotransferase Human genes 0.000 claims description 16
- 108010088694 phosphoserine aminotransferase Proteins 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- FGUUSXIOTUKUDN-IBGZPJMESA-N C1(=CC=CC=C1)N1C2=C(NC([C@H](C1)NC=1OC(=NN=1)C1=CC=CC=C1)=O)C=CC=C2 Chemical compound C1(=CC=CC=C1)N1C2=C(NC([C@H](C1)NC=1OC(=NN=1)C1=CC=CC=C1)=O)C=CC=C2 FGUUSXIOTUKUDN-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910052691 Erbium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000001069 Raman spectroscopy Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N erbium Chemical compound [Er] UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims 10
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 claims 8
- HEZMWWAKWCSUCB-PHDIDXHHSA-N (3R,4R)-3,4-dihydroxycyclohexa-1,5-diene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1C=CC(C(O)=O)=C[C@H]1O HEZMWWAKWCSUCB-PHDIDXHHSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 abstract description 89
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 85
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 35
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 33
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 28
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 27
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000003562 lightweight material Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000005459 micromachining Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001738 genotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 231100000025 genetic toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000005180 public health Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000005802 health problem Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 4
- PCTMTFRHKVHKIS-BMFZQQSSSA-N (1s,3r,4e,6e,8e,10e,12e,14e,16e,18s,19r,20r,21s,25r,27r,30r,31r,33s,35r,37s,38r)-3-[(2r,3s,4s,5s,6r)-4-amino-3,5-dihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxy-19,25,27,30,31,33,35,37-octahydroxy-18,20,21-trimethyl-23-oxo-22,39-dioxabicyclo[33.3.1]nonatriaconta-4,6,8,10 Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2.O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 PCTMTFRHKVHKIS-BMFZQQSSSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 235000010724 Wisteria floribunda Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000013475 authorization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000010267 cellular communication Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003750 conditioning effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000711 cancerogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005253 cladding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005202 decontamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003588 decontaminative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005672 electromagnetic field Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005350 fused silica glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012806 monitoring device Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000006677 Appel reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000272194 Ciconiiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000615933 Homo sapiens Phosphoserine aminotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000004460 N cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102100021768 Phosphoserine aminotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- XTKDAFGWCDAMPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N azaperone Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C(=O)CCCN1CCN(C=2N=CC=CC=2)CC1 XTKDAFGWCDAMPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000315 carcinogenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003340 combinatorial analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011960 computer-aided design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005553 drilling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005265 energy consumption Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000024 genotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010365 information processing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003126 m-cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000255 pathogenic effect Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003625 skull Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000029305 taxis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012780 transparent material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005641 tunneling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010396 two-hybrid screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B10/00—Transmission systems employing electromagnetic waves other than radio-waves, e.g. infrared, visible or ultraviolet light, or employing corpuscular radiation, e.g. quantum communication
- H04B10/11—Arrangements specific to free-space transmission, i.e. transmission through air or vacuum
- H04B10/114—Indoor or close-range type systems
- H04B10/116—Visible light communication
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B10/00—Transmission systems employing electromagnetic waves other than radio-waves, e.g. infrared, visible or ultraviolet light, or employing corpuscular radiation, e.g. quantum communication
- H04B10/11—Arrangements specific to free-space transmission, i.e. transmission through air or vacuum
- H04B10/114—Indoor or close-range type systems
- H04B10/1149—Arrangements for indoor wireless networking of information
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Electromagnetism (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computing Systems (AREA)
- Variable-Direction Aerials And Aerial Arrays (AREA)
- Optical Communication System (AREA)
Abstract
本发明涉及一种混合RF‑Optical终端，例如智能手机等，包括几个具有通过光纤连接到光发射器和光电探测器的选择性光滤波器的光电或光子天线，用于发信号通知收发方向和服务波长的信标，以及信标检测器。这些天线沿着外壳的边缘形成位置、收发方向和波长自适应(APDLO)的阵列。光子通信系统，用于通过无线光以如光纤般的非常高的速度将射频蜂窝网络连接到几乎任何位置的终端，并且该光子通信系统：‑在没有电源或电缆的情况下工作；‑通过平行光束(FROP)与所述蜂窝网络通信；‑通过视线(LOS)与所述终端通信，通过光子伪卫星形成无干扰的APDLO自适应封装光单元，并具有用于其他FROP的通过/偏转路径。适配器、光子中续器、协议和生产方法。
The present invention relates to a hybrid RF‑Optical terminal, such as a smartphone, etc., comprising several optoelectronic or photonic antennas with selective optical filters connected by optical fibers to optical transmitters and photodetectors for signaling the direction of transceiving and service wavelength beacons, and beacon detectors. These antennas form an adaptive position, transmit and receive direction and wavelength (APDLO) array along the edge of the housing. Photonic communication systems for connecting radio frequency cellular networks to terminals almost anywhere by wireless light at very high speeds like fiber optics, and which: ‑ work without power sources or cables; ‑ work through parallel Light beams (FROPs) communicate with the cellular network; ‑ communicate with the terminals through line-of-sight (LOS), form interference-free APDLO adaptively packaged light units via photonic pseudolites, and have pass/deflection paths for other FROPs. Adapters, photonic repeaters, protocols and production methods.
Description
The specification is arranged as follows:
Background Art pages 6 to 13
Pages 13 to 20
Has the advantages of pages 20 to 24
Description of the drawings pages 24 to 31
Detailed description of the preferred embodiments pages 31 to 148
Plural forms of certain terms include the singular, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. In addition, "consisting of …" means "including" and vice versa.
The term "electronic communication network" includes the term "telecommunications network".
According to UIT-TK.61 recommendation/radio legislation by UIT-R, the term "radio frequency" is abbreviated as "RF" and refers to electromagnetic waves having a frequency between 9kHz and 300 GHz.
The systems, devices, and methods described in this disclosure should not be construed as limiting in any way. Rather, the present invention is directed to all novel and non-obvious features and aspects of the various embodiments described, alone and in various combinations and subcombinations thereof. The systems, methods, and apparatus described herein are not limited to any specific aspect or feature or combination thereof, and do not require that one or more specific benefits be presented or problems be solved.
Although some of the disclosed methods are described in a particular order for ease of presentation, it should be understood that such description includes reordering of the order in the methods. For example, processes described sequentially may in some cases be rearranged or performed concurrently.
Theories of operation, scientific principles, or other theoretical descriptions presented herein with reference to the apparatus or methods of this specification are provided for a better understanding and are not intended to be limiting. The apparatus or methods recited in the claims are not limited to those operating in the manner described by these theories of operation.
All figures are exemplary only and the relationship between their lengths, distances and angles is such that the reader will understand the figures. In other words, it is not necessary to consider the shape of the drawings and the proportions of the various elements making up them in order to practice the invention. On the other hand, all of these figures illustrate only a portion of the various ways in which the described systems, methods, and apparatus can be implemented or used in conjunction with other systems, methods, and apparatus.
Enclosed or semi-enclosed environments considered stationary include buildings in the broadest sense, such as corporate office or residential buildings, personal homes, stores, hospitals, airports, bus or train stations, subway stations, corridors and other public-facing outdoor locations. Closed or semi-closed environments considered to be mobile include private cars and public vehicles in the broadest sense, such as trains, planes, ships, subways, buses, taxis, and other vehicles.
Important comments about fig. 145 to 211 and 214 to 243:
1) by convention (fig. 145 to 211):
-the label representing the FROP beam is of ZZ41Xij or ZZ42Xij form; code 41 represents the emission of the FROP beam by the photonic pseudolite PAST-Xij to the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network; code 42 indicates that a FROP beam was transmitted by the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter to the pseudolite PSAT-Xij; x belongs to the set { A, B, C, D }; i and j represent the column number and row number, respectively, of cell Cellij; ZZ denotes the figure number.
-the label representing the CONSOP optical converter installed on the pseudolite PSAT-Xij is of the form ZZ 51-Xij; the code 51 means that it is a converter of the collimated spot light radiation source to the outgoing FROP beam.
-the label representing the CONFROP optical converter installed in the pseudolite PSAT-Xij is of the form ZZ 52-Xij; the code 52 means that it is an incident FROP beam converter that converts into a collimated spot light radiation source to be diffused by the pseudolite PSAT-Xij.
-a label denoted ZZ61Xij form representing a CONSOP optical converter installed in an ADAPT-compact adapter; the code 61 means that the converter is dedicated to the pseudolite PSAT-Xij to send to the latter the FROP beam resulting from the conversion of the collimated optical radiation source.
-a label of the form ZZ62Xij representing a CONFROP optical converter installed in an ADAPT-compact adapter; the code 62 means that the converter is dedicated to the pseudolite PSAT-Xij to receive the FROP beam sent by the latter and convert it into a quasi-point optical radiation source for routing to the ICFO interface of the local area network OPFIBRE-LAN.
The label representing the FROP beam deflector installed in the radiation guide PNIVk-CFOp of any photonic pseudolite PSAT-Xij is of the form ZZ7pXij, where p is the numbered label of the radiation guide CFO. Example (c): the beam deflector mounted in the radiation guide PNIVk-CFO1 associated with the FROP beam originating from or destined to the pseudolite PSAT-Xij is ZZ71 Xij; the beam deflector mounted in the radiation guide PNIVk-CFO2 associated with the FROP beam originating from or destined for the pseudolite PSAT-Xij is ZZ72 Xij; the beam deflector mounted in the radiation guide PNIVk-CFO3 associated with the FROP beam originating from or destined to the pseudolite PSAT-Xij is ZZ73 Xij; the beam deflector mounted in the radiation guide PNIVk-CFO4 associated with the FROP beam originating from or going to the pseudolite PSAT-Xij is ZZ74 Xij.
2) The numbering notation (fig. 214 to 243) of the form i (k) is a mapping in the mathematical sense of bijective term i; it is recommended to read from section 6.6 "method theory & application example for wavelength assignment to pseudolites of SICOSF system".
Technical Field
The present invention relates generally to the field of Electronic Communication Networks (ECN) as defined below, as well as to electronic devices for information processing, communication, visualization, audiovisual recording, and related peripherals and accessories. The electronic communication network relates more particularly, but not exclusively, to cellular wide area networks, wireless optical communication local area networks (OWC-LANs), and the like. The electronic device relates more particularly, but not exclusively, to a stationary device, a portable device or a mobile device, in particular a server, a workstation, a desktop computer, a laptop, an electronic book, a baby phone (i.e. baby monitoring), a baby camera, an audiovisual device, a hi-fi audio device, a multimedia device and a terminal of the electronic communication network, including complying with
Of the standardMobile phones, simple mobile phones, and mobile phones called smart phones. Including but not limited to a keyboard, mouse, printer, external mass storage device, wireless hi-fi speakers, etc. Such accessories include, but are not limited to, stereoscopic eyewear with light shutters, virtual reality eyewear with micro-screens, wireless headphones, attached objects, and the like.
It should be noted that the name "telecommunications network" has been outdated in france since 2013. Instead, an "electronic communications network," as follows:
Telecommunication: (origin: international radio conference in the city of the atlantic united states 1947): telecommunications refers to the transmission and emission of any form of symbols, signals, text, images, sound or intelligence through wires, radio, optical or other electromagnetic systems.
Electronic communication (origin: Legifran. gouv. fr2013, Codespersetdescommunications alternatives, item L32): electronic communication is defined as the transmission, or reception of symbols, signals, text, images, or sound by electromagnetic means.
Electronic communication network (origin: Legifran. gouv. fr2013, codedespersetcommunications preferences, item L32): an electronic communications network refers to any facility or set of facilities for transportation or broadcast, and other means of ensuring that electronic communications are exchanged and routed, etc. where appropriate. The following are considered in particular electronic communication networks: satellite networks, terrestrial networks, systems using power networks (as long as they are used for routing of electronic communications), and networks that ensure broadcasting or for distribution of audiovisual communication services.
Terminal equipment (source: Legifance. gouv. fr2013, Codespersetdescommunications, items L32): an end device refers to any device used to directly or indirectly connect to a network termination point to send, process, or receive information. It does not include devices specifically allowing the use of broadcast and television services.
The above official definitions affect the invention as follows: -a) the term "mobile terminal" and its plural forms includes the term "mobile telephone" and its plural forms. -b) the term "mobile terminal" and its plural forms includes the term "mobile telephone" and its plural forms.
Further, since the names of "mobile" and "portable" often cause confusion, for the present invention, it is defined as follows: a) when the term "mobile" modifies the term "terminal", it means that it is a portable device, i.e. an object designed to be easily carried around (see larouse dictionary), which a user can use while moving within a predefined extended geographical area (EZ), which may be one or more cities, one or more countries, one or more continents, such as the so-called "smart" terminals at present (i.e. "smartphones" or other cellular devices). -b) when the term "portable" modifies the term "terminal", it refers to a portable device that the user can use while traveling, but is limited to use within a Restricted Local Area (RLA), for example inside a building for professional or residential use or otherwise, for example following the following
Standard or standard-like cordless telephones.
Thus, in the context of the present invention, a mobile terminal is a portable terminal, but not vice versa.
Background
2.1 recent techniques and evaluations relating to optical wireless communications
Since Optical Wireless Communication (OWC) has many advantages over radio frequency communication, many inventions and publications have emerged in recent years that use infrared communication as an alternative to radio frequency communication in buildings.
Benefits of optical wireless communications include, but are not limited to: -a) the data transmission rate is very high compared to radio frequency communication; -b) high privacy; -c) deployable without authorization; d) it is a better addition that it does not have the risk of causing brain or other diseases inherent in the radio frequency signals used by radio frequency handsets for radio frequency communication (see 2.2 for more details on these public health problem risks).
In U.S. patent No. US4456793 entitled "cordless telephone system", Baker et al discloses a direct-view (i.e., LOS, line-of-sight) based radio infrared telephone system between a fixed telephone or portable terminal and a set of omni-directional hemispherical satellites mounted on a ceiling.
Analysis of invention US4456793 shows: -a) each satellite is connected to the central system via a subsystem by means of a cable installed under the ceiling. As a result, the deployment of such systems requires a significant amount of work to lay the cables under all of the ceilings of the office or residential building, which must then be repaired by repainting all relevant areas, etc. It goes without saying that in order to make such an installation in a building, the authority of the owner of the building must be obtained. Such authorization is typically only available under certain conditions, especially when leases expire requiring the system to be removed and the premises to be restored; wireless communication systems are inherently wireless communication devices that can be deployed without any authorization, which makes it impossible for natural persons or companies to gain one of the major benefits of selecting a wireless communication system; b) each communication unit is constituted by a satellite or a group of satellites and the boundaries of the unit are predetermined by the radius of coverage of the satellite or group of satellites, so that the direction of communication is directed from the inside to the outside of the unit or group of units; as a result, two adjacent cells are forced to overlap at their common boundary, causing interference and thus causing an additional time delay for their solution by the method used by the inventors (i.e. the method known as the "zero crossing technique"); c) at each cell level, the communication with the mobile phones located in the latter is achieved by time-division multiplexing, so that, in the presence of other similar terminals in the same cell, the data transmission rate will become relatively low for the transmission of large files, in particular multimedia files; d) the emitters for sending and receiving optical signals are placed on the top hemispherical surface of the mobile phone or terminal, so that it is multidirectional, with the result that it is relatively heavy and even cumbersome; furthermore, the inability to select a multidirectional transmission of the direction of communication may be detrimental to the battery life of the handset on the one hand, and may interfere with similar devices in the vicinity, and handling such interference may result in a time delay; e) the whole system cannot identify multiple wavelengths and therefore does not allow spectral multiplexing, in particular adaptive wavelength division multiplexing and adaptive wavelength hopping for spectral spreading; f) in one cell, the user has less freedom of movement than a portable radio frequency communication terminal, since the user must ensure that his head and body are in the proper position for the transducer of the phone or portable terminal to be visible to the satellite or group of satellites in the cell in which it is located; g) in case of obstruction of optical radiation, the ongoing communication is naturally interrupted, since the system has no back-up radio frequency communication system; -h) when the phone is in the user's pocket or briefcase, the user cannot be reached on a call.
In the united states patent entitled "infrared data communication system", patent number US4727600, Avakian discloses a wireless infrared data communication system based on the infrared data repeater concept having a hemispherical or spherical surface covered with a plurality of light emitting diodes and/or photodiodes to interconnect various mobile or fixed devices located in a defined area of a building, each device having suitable optical wireless communication capabilities; some versions of these repeaters are designed to be able to almost span physical barriers such as walls and other physical barriers to infrared radiation. The essence of this concept is to achieve angular and spatial diversity of transmission and reception.
Analysis of invention US4727600 shows: -a) said opto-electric repeater, although not connected to the central system by a cable as in US patent 4456793, requires a power supply to operate; b) a large number of Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) and photodiodes arranged on a hemispherical or spherical surface are connected to their processing unit by wires, which inevitably results in a very low transmission rate compared to optical fibers, since these wires may constitute a low-pass filter of the microwave signal; c) in one version of the portable terminal, the transmitting and receiving surfaces of the photoelectric converter are hemispherical so as to be multidirectional and are located on top of two rods fixed to the upper portion of the portable terminal so as to be away from the portable terminal, with the result that the portable terminal is bulky; furthermore, multidirectional transmission, in which the direction of communication cannot be selected, is detrimental to the battery life of the portable terminal on the one hand, and causes optical interference on the other hand; d) in another version of the portable terminal, the transmitting and receiving surfaces of the photoelectric converter are fixed to an upper portion of the portable terminal; this makes the assembly compact, but as a counterpart, the solid angle of transceiving is significantly reduced; e) the whole system cannot identify multiple wavelengths and therefore does not allow spectral multiplexing, in particular adaptive wavelength division multiplexing and adaptive wavelength hopping for optical spectrum spreading, thus increasing the risk of optical interference with nearby similar mobile devices; -f) the repeater is bulky, since many discrete opto-electronic components are arranged on its hemispherical or spherical surface; g) versions of these relays, which are not intended to be obstructed by infrared radiation, are mounted on a ceiling in the center of a coverage area or on a suitable support, such central placement meaning that within said coverage area, if the user of a portable terminal wishes to avoid light obstacles, the freedom of movement of the user is relatively limited, since he must ensure that his head and body are in the proper position so that the transducer of said terminal is "visible" to the relay.
In the united states patent No. US4775996 entitled "hybrid telephone communication system", Emerson et al discloses an anti-interception wireless telephone system, which operates on the principle of: communication from the base station to the handset is via optical infrared signals and communication from the handset to the base station is via radio frequency signals.
Analysis of patent US4775996 shows: a) in contrast to patents US4456793 and US4727600, patent US4775996 exposes the user to radio frequency signals, despite the use of optical infrared radiation, to the long-term and medium-term risks of brain diseases for which there is a strong risk of pathogenesis, as well as other health problems in the genetic aspect, for more details on health problems, see 2.2; in fact, according to Emerson et al, a handset transmits a radio frequency signal to connect to its base station. In order to reduce the thermal effect of these radio frequency signals on the body of the user, the invention of Emerson et al must be modified so as to implement communication from the base station to the handset by radio frequency on the one hand and from the handset to the base station by infrared light on the other hand; b) if the mobile phone user wants to avoid obstacles, his freedom of movement is relatively limited, since he must ensure that his head and body are in the proper position, so that the transducers of the phone are directly visible to the transducers of the base station, or indirectly visible after reflection on a wall (which in turn creates other problems).
In U.S. patent No. US5596648 entitled "infrared audio transmitter system", Fast et al discloses an infrared wireless audio transmitter that is multi-directional by placing a plurality of light emitting diodes distributed on the sides and top of a cylinder.
Between 1996 and 2005, JVC introduced a set of infrared wireless lan devices named vipsan (source: PCMagazine, 10/9/1996, 12/2/1996, and manufacturer catalog), allowing local area networks to be implemented by LOS direct-view propagation type OSFs, with data rates ranging from 10 megabits/sec for vipsan-10 to 100 megabits/sec for vipsan-100; vipsan products are electrically powered and therefore require power supplies and the like. The JVC corporation has also introduced another OSF infrared link product named "Luciole"; the high-definition video signal transmitting device is used for transmitting a high-definition video signal from a signal source to a large-screen television point to point, the data rate is 1.50Gbit/s, and the range is 5 m.
2.2 recent techniques and assessments on methods to prevent brain diseases and other public health problems related to portable or mobile terminal radio frequency electromagnetic radiation
Portable terminals and mobile radio frequency communication terminals are connected to terminals of their Electronic Communication Network (ECN), i.e. base stations, by radio frequency electromagnetic radiation. The use of these frequencies is regulated and licensed, particularly for cellular extended cellular RCE networks for mobile terminals. However, there are some frequency bands called ISM (industrial, scientific, medical) frequency bands, which can be freely used under certain conditions. According to current legislation, the core frequencies of the ISM band are 2.4Ghz, 5Ghz, 5.8Ghz, 60Ghz, and possibly others.
In the case of hand-held/portable terminals, the base stations are located near users in commercial and/or residential buildings and are typically connected by wires to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), commonly referred to as the land telephone network, or to public or private cable networks. The coverage radius of these base stations is typically several tens or even one hundred meters.
In the case of mobile terminals, the base stations are distributed within the geographical area covered by the cellular RCE network, within adjacent surface portions called cells. The size of these units is predetermined by the radio frequency radiated power of the base station installed therein so that when an appropriate mobile terminal is located in a given unit, it will be able to access the RCE through the base station installed in that unit.
As described in press release No. 208 issued by World Health Organization (WHO) international agency for research on cancer (IARC)2011, 5, 31, the radio frequency signal of a mobile terminal of the related art may have carcinogenic effects on humans: "the world health organization/international agency for research on cancer (IARC) has classified radio frequency electromagnetic fields as potentially carcinogenic to humans (group 2B) because the use of wireless telephones increases the risk of glioma, a malignant cancer.
In addition, many scientists around the world have been actively working on this topic in the early days in numerous independent international working groups and international non-governmental organizations to focus on the potential pathogenic effects of radio frequency signals. Through much of this work, it is very likely or can be concluded that: the radio frequency signals of prior art mobile terminals are genotoxic in the medium or long term depending on the cumulative duration of user exposure.
Therefore, in order to prevent the risk of public health problems that may be caused by the radio frequency signals of the related art mobile or portable terminals, a number of patent applications have been filed to protect users.
In the german patent with patent number DE4310230 entitled "portable radio telephone user terminal with separate power supply and functional modules, each with its own transceiver", boehmmandeddr discloses a handset consisting of two separate parts, which are connected to each other by radio means of radio frequency communication. According to the invention, one of the two parts acts as a handset and the other acts as a relay for communication with the cellular network; the power of the communication signal between these two parts is low compared to the power of the communication signal between the part acting as a relay and the cellular network. This approach is attractive in itself because it greatly reduces the thermal effect of the radio frequency signal on the user's body by keeping the device with the radio frequency link of the cellular network away from the user's body. This process has been modified and utilized in a number of publications and patent applications.
Patent DE4310230 relates only to the thermal effect of the radio frequency signal, i.e. the power of the poverty pavilion vector of the electromagnetic field of the radio frequency signal, from which an index is derived to evaluate the level of exposure of the body tissue of the user to radio frequency radiation. This indicator is commonly referred to as the "specific absorption rate" (SAR) or the "Dbited' AbsorptionSpcific (DAS)".
An analysis of patent DE4310230 shows:
1) it does not take into account the highly probable risk of intermediate or long-term genotoxicity in the radio frequency signal;
2) which associates each mobile or portable radio-frequency communication terminal with two additional radio-frequency signal sources, i.e. signal sources for communication between the two parts of the telephone, thus inevitably resulting in a substantial increase of electromagnetic pollution in the building. In fact, if mobile or portable telephones (estimated in the billions) are in use worldwide, with two additional sources of radio frequency signals, this would constitute billions of additional sources of radio frequency radiation, in addition to billions of sources of radio frequency radiation generated by other connected objects (including mice, keyboards, speakers, etc.).
In patent publication WO0056051 entitled "mobile phone with reduced radiation exposure", Flamant et al disclose a mobile phone with two separable parts, which are connected to each other by Optical Wireless Communication (OWC). According to the invention, one of the two parts acts as a handset and the other acts as a relay for communication with the cellular network via radio frequencies. The advantage of this approach is that no two additional rf signal sources are generated.
Analysis of patent publication WO0056051 shows: -a) it does not take into account the risk of genotoxicity of the radio frequency signal to the organism, since, as in the other patents mentioned above, the communication with the cellular network is carried out only by means of radio frequency signals; -b) the Optical Wireless Communication (OWC) sensor is omnidirectional, placed on top of a telescopic rod fixed to the part used as a mobile phone, with consequent cumbersome use of the mobile phone; furthermore, a multidirectional transmission, which does not allow the selection of the direction of communication, would on the one hand impair the battery life of the hand-held terminal and on the other hand cause interference with other similar telephones; -c) the optical wireless communication device is not able to identify a plurality of wavelengths and therefore does not allow spectral multiplexing, in particular adaptive wavelength division multiplexing, and adaptive wavelength hopping for optical spectral spreading, and therefore risks optical interference with nearby similar phones; -d) if the phone user wants to avoid obstacles, the phone user's freedom of movement is relatively limited, since he has to ensure that his head and body are in the proper position so that the transducers of the two parts of the cellular mobile phone are visible to each other.
In european patent publication EP1331691 entitled "mobile terminal with grounded radiation shield frame", SchweikleAndreas discloses a handset that protects a user from radio frequency signals by a structure that acts as a conductive barrier.
2.3 recent techniques and evaluations regarding remote infant monitoring devices
The remote baby monitoring device (commonly known as "baby phone" or "couute-betb") always exposes the baby to radio frequency signals; however, the body and skull of a still developing infant are very fragile, so the rf signal is deeper into its body than in adults.
2.4 recent technology and evaluation on cellular Mobile telephone networks
Consumer association and specialized consumer protection journal surveys have shown that users of mobile cellular networks (3G or 4G or other networks) are generally dissatisfied with their quality of service. The main reasons for these dissatisfaction include connection problems, insufficient coverage, especially at very low speeds compared to the speed announced by the operator at the time of subscription, and many other problems. In the face of this situation, operators generally do a placation, which means that problems occur occasionally, but they are not criticized less. In fact, these problems are a deep technical root, since the quality of service of a cellular mobile telephone network depends, among other things, on its data transmission rate; however, the data transmission rate at a given time T is inversely proportional to the number of connected users, i.e. the greater the number of connected users, the lower the data transmission rate, since the data transmission rate is shared by all users connected at time T.
Disclosure of Invention
The invention mainly consists of an electronic communication system, which consists of several elements, namely: -a) hybrid cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices for hybrid radio frequency and wireless optical communication, i.e. implementing radio frequency communication and wireless optical communication simultaneously, with an array of opto-electronic or photonic antennas with position, transmit-receive direction and wavelength Adaptation (APDLO); -b) a wide area cellular interconnection network with radio frequency units, optical units, hybrid radio frequency and optical units, wherein the optical units comprise one or more wireless optical communication mediation systems (SICOSF) enabling the wide area cellular interconnection network to connect to the hybrid cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices in almost all locations through wireless light at very high speed, such as the speed of optical fibers; as will be seen later, the SICOSF system has no electronic or optoelectronic components, nor electrical or optical connection cables, consisting of an array of adaptively packaged optical cells in position, transmit-receive direction and wavelength (COE-APDLO), allowing to link them on the one hand to the wide area cellular interconnection network through parallel bundles of optical rays (FROP) and on the other hand to the hybrid cellular mobile terminal and other electronic devices through direct line of sight (LOS/WLOS); -c) an adapter communicating by means of parallel beams (FROP); -d) photonic interconnection gateways without electronic or optoelectronic components, enabling multiple SICOSF systems to be linked together; -e) means for switching links; -f) means for supervising the whole of said electronic communication system; -g) a communication protocol over direct line of sight (LOS/WLOS) wireless; -h) methods for assigning wavelengths to pseudolites of SICOSF systems and photonic antennas of hybrid cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices, making it possible to eliminate the risk of optical interference and to extend the optical transceiving spectrum by adaptive wavelength hopping.
The hybrid cellular mobile terminal (fig. 19-22, fig. 30) and the other electronic devices (fig. 23-29) respectively comprise several groups (fig. 11-14, fig. 17-18) of wireless optical transceiver devices (ERSOSF) distributed along several edges of the housing (fig. 19-30). Each ERSOSF device includes a transmitting module (fig. 6-10) and a receiving module (fig. 1-5) attached to each other. All the above-mentioned ERSOSF equipment groups are equivalent or even identical; each erssosf device group is delimited at its two ends by two beacons, each beacon being intended to transmit an optical transmit-receive direction signal and an in-use (i.e. in-service) wavelength signal (BSDLO); the two beacons are identical (11BSDLO1, 11BSDLO2, 13BSDLO1, 13BSDLO2, 17BSDLO1, 17BSDLO2, 18BSDLO1, 18BSDLO 2). Each erssosf device group is further bounded at both ends by two beacon detectors (DTR-BSDLO) adjacent to two BSDLO beacons, each for identifying BSDLO beacons installed on other mobile terminals and other electronic devices operating nearby; the two beacon detectors are identical (11DTR-BSDLO1, 11DTR-BSDLO2, 13DTR-BSDLO1, 13DTR-BSDLO2, 17DTR-BSDLO1, 17DTR-BSDLO2, 18DTR-BSDLO1, 18DTR-BSDLO 2). Each of the above-mentioned erssosf devices is called an "erssosf antenna" and has a plurality of transmit directions (8DIR1 to 8DIR3, 9DIR1 to 9DIR3, 17DIR1 to 17DIR5, 18DIR1 to 18DIR7) and receive directions (3DIR1 to 3DIR3, 4DIR1 to 4DIR3, 17DIR1 to 17DIR5, 18DIR1 to 18DIR7) and a specific transceiving wavelength. Each of the above groups is called an "ersoff antenna Matrix" and the number of different transceiving wavelengths is equal to the number of ersoff antennas constituting the same (11Matrix-ER, 12Matrix-ER, 13 Matrix-ER-part 1, 13 Matrix-ER-part 2, 14 Matrix-ER-part 1, 14 Matrix-ER-part 2, 17Matrix-ER, 18 Matrix-ER). The set of all the above-mentioned ERSOSF antenna matrices forms an array called "ERSOSF antenna array", which is adaptive in position, transmit-receive direction and wavelength (APDLO), so as to give the user a great freedom of movement; this freedom of movement is close to that of prior art radio frequency mobile communication terminals, except in a few special cases, such as when the mobile terminal is in a pocket or bag or in similar light-blocking situations; in all these types of cases, the terminal may be automatically activated by means of a radio frequency communication standby local area network which operates only when required, as described below in relation to section d) of the wide area cellular network. The APDLO adaptive ERSOSF antenna array also greatly reduces the interference and energy consumption inherent in the multi-directional transmission/reception of wireless light (OSF) in the prior art; it also helps prevent the risk of brain diseases and other health problems associated with radio frequency signals, which world health organization and many scientists have expressed in many professional publications, news and media (press release 208 th 5/31/2011 of the world health organization/international red cross).
In order to make it adaptive for APDLO, the erssosf antenna array of each of said hybrid cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices comprises a periodic search device for automatically identifying and storing in a dedicated dual port RAM memory a triplet of three integers (i, j, k). This triplet allows, except in a few special cases, the ERSOSF antenna array of a hybrid cellular mobile terminal or other electronic device to establish an optimized link at any time T with a wide area cellular interconnection network including a SICOSF system as described in section c) below associated with said wide area cellular interconnection network, or with other hybrid cellular mobile terminals or other electronic devices having an ERSOSF antenna array, through direct propagation of wireless light. This optimized link depends on the location of the user and takes into account the presence of similar devices in the vicinity; i is an integer representing the number of edges of the housing defined by the ersonsf antenna matrix; j is an integer representing the number of ERSOSF antennas belonging to said ERSOSF antenna matrix located at the edge of the casing whose number is equal to i; note that the choice of j is substantially equivalent to the choice of wavelength; k is an integer representing the number of transmit-receive directions of the ERSOSF antenna along a side equal to i; k also denotes the number of transmit-receive directions of the EROSF antenna numbered j and belonging to said EROSF antenna matrix located at the edge of the casing numbered equal to i. Conventionally, it is accepted that if at time T, i is 0, this means that at that time T it is not possible to establish an optimized link with the wide area cellular interconnection network or the other electronic device through direct propagation of wireless light; in which case the user is signaled by means of sound and/or light signals and/or text so that he can modify his position; if such anomalies persist for more than some predefined time interval, the periodic search means may automatically put the alternate local communication network into use via radio frequency.
The algorithm periodically identifies the algorithm triplet (i, j, k) according to signals provided by the BSDLO beacon and/or a DTR-BSDLO beacon detector adjacent to the BSDLO beacon; the signal also provides a list of wavelengths in use, such that a list of wavelengths available at time T can be built up by set theory subtraction; therefore, it is possible to implement adaptive wavelength multiplexing and adaptive wavelength hopping to extend the transceiving spectrum. Let us recall that the means for periodic search for automatic identification and storage allows each of said hybrid cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices to periodically update its triad (i, j, k).
The search period for the periodic identification of the i and k elements of the triplet (i, j, k) can be manually selected by the user from a pre-recorded list, as the case may be; in the case of a hybrid cellular mobile terminal, the pre-recorded list may be established taking into account: the maximum walking speed of a person in moving walking is equal to 3.75 m/s, the maximum speed of running is equal to 12.4222 m/s (i.e. 100 m world record), and the maximum speed of a bicycle riding is 25 m/s (i.e. track world record); the search period may also be automatically determined from one or more signals provided by the built-in accelerometer to calculate an average velocity of the user's movement. The search period for periodically identifying the used wavelength may be automatically determined from a combination of one or more signals provided by the BSDLO beacon and one or more signals provided by the built-in accelerometer.
Thus, when two hybrid cellular mobile terminals or other electronic devices (each having an APDLO adaptive photo or photonic antenna array) want to communicate with each other through a direct-view propagation of wireless light without optical interference, it is sufficient that each of them periodically reads its dedicated dual port RAM memory to obtain the triplet (i, j, k), which in fact constitutes, for each of them, the "coordinates" of the optical emitter, the optical detector and the wavelength for establishing an optimized link between them at time T. This is how wireless direct-view communication becomes practically insensitive to the movements of the users of the hybrid cellular mobile terminals or other electronic devices and to the positions relative to each other, and therefore has a very large freedom of movement and many other advantages.
There are three main variants of ERSOSF antennas, two of which are photonic and the third is an optoelectronic. Both photonic variants allow extremely high theoretical data transmission rates, comparable to wired end-to-end optical fiber links, while being wireless communication systems; this is why the link connecting to the mobile terminal with one of the photonic variants is called a "fiber to mobile chipset link" or "FTTMC link".
Wide area cellular interconnection networks with radio frequency, Optical and hybrid RF-Optical units, called IRECH-RF-OP interconnection networks, are obtained by interconnecting several networks, including at least the following four main networks and systems:
-a) a cellular radio frequency handset network, called "RTMOB-RF". The RTMOB-RF network is typically a prior art network and may be of the 2G, 3G, 4G or 5G type.
-b) local area networks with one or more fibre communication Interfaces (ICFO) called "opfiber-LAN". The OPFIBRE-LAN network is typically the latest Ethernet network. It should preferably be deployed in closed or semi-closed, fixed or mobile environments.
-c) SICOSF system as a communication medium between IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network and cellular mobile terminals for hybrid radio frequency and wireless optical communication, and other electronic devices with ERSOSF adaptive APDLO antenna arrays, enabling wireless optical exchange of signals over ICFO interface of OPFILE-LAN local area network. SICOSF systems are wireless photonic communication systems without electronic or optoelectronic components.
-d) a BACKUP local area network communicating by radio frequency, called "BACKUP-RF-LAN", deployed in the environment of the local area network OPFIBRE-LAN to compensate for link blocking that the wireless light may cause, and can be switched on and off as required by instructions sent by radio frequency and/or wireless light.
The SICOSF system (fig. 145-243) consists of a set (several) of interdependent wireless optical communication devices, each of which is called a "photonic pseudolite" or a "photonic PSAT" or a "PSAT" (fig. 42-47, 50-55, 58-63, 71-76, 79-84, 87-92, 96-101, 104-109, 112-117). The set of wireless optical communication devices form an array, referred to as a "photonic pseudolite array". The main features of the photonic pseudolite array (fig. 145-243) are as follows:
-a) it works without power supply, electrical or optical connection cables;
-b) organized into one or more encapsulated optical units (COE) so that the possibility of blocking wireless optical links of said cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices with built-in APDLO adaptive ersonsf antenna arrays can be greatly reduced;
-c) it works without interference between two photonic pseudolites belonging to the same unit and between adjacent light units;
-d) it is connected to the RTMOB-RF cellular network through an opfabric-LAN local area network by a parallel bundle of rays (FROP);
-e) it is linked to the hybrid cellular mobile terminal and other electronic devices via their respective APDLO adaptive ERSOSF antenna arrays by wireless light (OSF) and direct-view propagation (LOS/WLOS);
-f) it is adaptive in position, transceiving direction and wavelength (COE-APDLO) depending on the position and orientation of the hybrid cellular mobile terminal and other electronic devices within the encapsulated optical unit; and
-g) it allows to extend the transceived spectrum by adaptive wavelength hopping.
A method of a COE-APDLO adaptive encapsulated optical unit (COE) belonging to a SICOSF system is part of a wide area cellular network (fig. 214 to 243), comprising: -a) treating the wide area cellular interconnection network as a virtual electronic device having an array of ersonsf antennas; b) treating any encapsulated light unit Cellij as a virtual ERSOSF antenna mounted along an edge of a virtual housing of a virtual electronic device; the four pseudolites PSAT-Aij, PSAT-Bij, PSAT-Cij and PSAT-Dij forming the unit are short for four receiving and transmitting directions of the virtual ERSOSF antenna.
Converting packaged optical elements into virtual EROSF antennas simplifies the periodic and automatic identification of triplets of three integers (i, j, k) and storage in dedicated dual port RAM memories by using algorithms similar to those used to make the erssosf antenna array of each of the terminals and other electronic devices adaptive with APDLO.
The adapter (fig. 127-132) communicating through the FROP beam is called "ADAPT-COMFROP" and is used to ADAPT the link between the opfiber-LAN network and the SICOSF system, i.e.:
-a) converting the FROP beam exiting the SICOSF system into a collimated optical radiation source for transmission via an optical fiber to the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network; and
-b) converting the quasi-point optical radiation source, received by the optical fiber from the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network, into a FROP beam for sending it to the SICOSF system.
Furthermore, to optimize the deployment of the SICOSF system and save space, the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter can be COMBINED with one or more photonic pseudolites to form a device that is both an adapter and a photonic pseudolite, referred to as "COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT" (fig. 133-138), or a combination of both an adapter and two photonic pseudolites, referred to as "COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT" (fig. 139-144).
Photonic interconnection gateways (figures 212-213), referred to as "PPI-repeat", for linking two or more SICOSF systems together to form a network known as a "SICOSF system network with PPI-repeat gateway" to allow hybrid cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices to form a communication network or the like with a point-to-point architecture or an ad hoc network with built-in APDLO adaptive ERSOSF antenna array located within the SICOSF system network; note that the PPI-REPEATER gateway does not need a power supply to operate, but if it is desired to use a signal with particularly low amplitude, a RAMAN fiber amplifier, Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA), Semiconductor Optical Amplifier (SOA) or Optical Parametric Amplifier (OPA) may be added as necessary.
The means for switching links are designed to manage inter-unit handovers of hybrid cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices with APDLO adaptive erssosf antenna arrays; switching and the like are performed so as to automatically complete the switching of the current communication from the wireless optical communication to the radio frequency communication and vice versa without interruption:
-a) the hybrid mobile cellular terminal is moved from an Optical unit or a hybrid RF-Optical unit to a radio frequency unit and vice versa; or
-b) the hybrid mobile cellular terminal or other electronic device is located in a hybrid RF-Optical unit, where difficulties are encountered in accessing the unit through fiber optics.
The means for monitoring the whole electronic communication system are used to set up calls by radio light and/or radio frequency and to distribute the wavelength and radio frequency of the communication to hybrid mobile cellular terminals and other electronic devices with built-in APDLO adaptive ERSOSF antenna arrays.
The communication protocol is used to implement wireless optical links by direct-view propagation (LOS/WLOS) between a network comprising a SICOSF system and a hybrid mobile cellular terminal and other electronic devices with APDLO adaptive built-in ERSOSF antenna arrays, on the one hand, and point-to-point links between the latter, on the other hand.
A method of assigning wavelengths by an OPFIBRE-LAN local area network to photonic pseudolites of SICOSF systems, as well as hybrid mobile cellular terminals and other electronic devices with built-in ERSOSF antenna arrays that are APDLO adaptive and located within said SICOSF system, eliminates the risk of any optical interference between these different devices when they communicate with them over an IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network.
Advantageous effects
The main advantages of hybrid cellular mobile terminals with built-in APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays (fig. 19-22) include:
1) outside the closed environment, whether fixed or mobile, it communicates by radio frequency over a cellular mobile phone network, as any radio frequency mobile terminal of the prior art.
2) In a closed environment, whether stationary or mobile:
a) it communicates with the cellular mobile phone network through wireless Optical (OSF), direct-view propagation (LOS/WLOS), local area network opfiber-LAN and related SICOSF systems. Unlike prior art wireless Optical (OSF) communications and direct-view propagation (LOS/WLOS) communications, the freedom of movement of the user is similar to that of prior art radio frequency mobile communication terminals due to the adaptive interaction of their APDLO adaptive photon or optical-electric antenna arrays with SICOSF systems (fig. 214-243).
2, b) wherein, due to the through-line-of-sight propagation wireless optical link (LOS/WLOS), the data transmission rate is very high, comparable to a wired end-to-end optical fiber link, while being a wireless communication system; this is one of the reasons why the link between a hybrid cellular mobile terminal with a built-in APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna array and an OPFILE-LAN local area network with SICOSF system is called a "fiber to mobile chipset" or "FTTMC" link.
2, c) the communication is sufficiently protected against interception and other malicious acts.
The risks of diseases of the brain and other diseases associated with radio frequency signals, and those associated with the high likelihood of intermediate or long term genotoxicity (thermal effects) of the radio frequency signals to the body, will disappear.
The main advantages of other electronic devices with built-in APDLO adaptive photon or optoelectronic antenna arrays (fig. 23-29) include:
1) protecting the baby from radio frequency signals, especially prior art telemonitoring devices such as baby phones or baby cameras.
2) Unlike the related art mobile terminal, which must be connected to the mobile terminal by a wire through a suitable external device or wirelessly through WiGig technology in order to use a large screen, the hybrid cellular mobile terminal (fig. 19-22) and the large screen (fig. 23-24) having a built-in can directly communicate without any external link device, and the terminal can be used even as a touch pad or a track pad; thus, the risks associated with rf electromagnetic contamination of WiGig technology, including the highly probable risk of genotoxicity to the organism in the medium or long term, will disappear.
3) The hi-fi chain is linked to the hi-fi speakers (fig. 25-26).
4) Professional or semi-professional cameras can wirelessly acquire and upload videos of 4K, 8K or higher.
5) The workstation (fig. 27-29) or the living room computer is linked to the high fidelity speakers (fig. 25-26).
6) Wirelessly broadcasting and/or viewing 4K, 8K or higher video in a stereoscopic or autostereoscopic 3D manner.
7) Makes a great contribution to the radio frequency electromagnetic decontamination of closed environments.
8) Making a significant contribution to preventing public health risks associated with radio frequency electromagnetic signals.
The main advantages of the prior art handset networks (2G, 3G, 4G or 5G types) integrated in IRECH-RF-OP interconnection networks include, but are not limited to:
1) all hybrid cellular mobile terminals with built-in APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays in closed environments are linked to prior art cellular radio frequency mobile phone networks by direct-of-sight (LOS/WLOS) of wireless Optical (OSF), OPFIBRE-LAN and related mobile optical communication systems. As a result, the cellular radio frequency mobile phone network will automatically release all hybrid cellular mobile terminals located in a fixed or mobile closed environment; and the data transmission rate of the links with these hybrid cellular mobile terminals will be very high, comparable to the data transmission rate of wired end-to-end optical fiber links, i.e. fiber to mobile chipset or FTTMC links.
2) It is to be appreciated that no matter at which time of day T most people live in a fixed or mobile enclosed environment (buildings, houses, offices, subway corridors, train stations, buses, subways, trains, airplanes, ships, etc.), the data transmission rate of users located outside the enclosed environment will be greatly increased and the user problem mentioned in section 2.4 will be alleviated. It should be remembered that at the time T the data transmission rate of the users depends on the number of users connected at the time T.
3) Since the data transmission rate is an essential component of the quality of service, the quality of service of the cellular mobile telephone network of the prior art will be greatly improved.
4) In developed countries, almost all buildings are wired by optical fiber (FTTB or FTTH), which allows for quick and simple deployment of the OPFIBRE-LAN network and associated SICOSF system and interconnection thereof with said cellular mobile phone networks of the prior art.
5) SICOMSF systems have a number of specific advantages, including: -a) it works without any power supply and without electrical or optical connection cables; -b) does not consume any energy; -c) is almost permanent and can cover a large area; for example: SICOSF systems can cover continuous footprints of more than 240 square meters, with eight packaged photonic units (fig. 242-243), without any cables or fiber optic cables, and without any power supply; PPI-repeat photonic interconnect gateway can link two ground areas (fig. 212-fig. 213) at 30.25 square meters far from each other, each with SICOSF system, to form an almost continuous ground area of 60.50 square meters; electronic devices with built-in APDLO adaptive optics or optoelectronic antenna arrays in both areas will be able to communicate with each other through direct-view propagation (LOS/WLOS, i.e. point-to-point propagation) through wireless light (OSF).
6) Using the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network and associated SICOSF system, communications can be completely protected in a closed environment against interception and other malicious acts.
7) Has positive and substantial contribution to the radio frequency electromagnetic decontamination of closed environment.
8) There is a positive and substantial contribution to preventing brain disease risk and other public health problems associated with radio frequency signals.
9) From a medium or long term perspective, there is a positive and substantial contribution to preventing risks associated with the high likelihood of radio frequency signal genotoxicity to an organism.
Common advantages of hybrid cellular mobile terminals (fig. 21-22) and other electronic devices with APDLO adaptive photon or optoelectronic antenna arrays (fig. 23-29) include, but are not limited to: when devices are in close proximity to each other, communication can be achieved without optical interference inherent in prior art wireless optical communication through direct-view propagating (LOS/WLOS) wireless Optical (OSF), adaptive wavelength hopping of optical spectrum spreading, in almost any relative location. Protection from optical interference is achieved by its ability to perform adaptive wavelength division multiplexing.
In summary, one of the main advantages of the present invention is the substantial improvement of the cellular radio frequency mobile phone networks (2G, 3G, 4G or 5G), related mobile terminals and wireless portable phones and other radio frequency communication devices of the prior art. Such improvements include, but are not limited to, significantly increasing their data transmission rate, reducing the risk of brain disease to the user, and reducing radio frequency electromagnetic pollution in the enclosed environment, which is currently most likely to have intermediate or long term genotoxicity to humans and all living organisms.
The advantages mentioned above are of course not exhaustive, since other advantages will appear implicitly or explicitly after the invention has been implemented.
Drawings
FIG. 1: a sub-module for converting incident radiation emitted by a radiation source located within the defined area into outgoing micro-FROPs.
FIG. 2: an exploded view of the sub-module of figure 1.
Fig. 3 to 5: a receiving module with three facets (i.e., "N ═ 3" receiving directions) that is included in the ERSOSF antenna of embodiment 1A (i.e., a fossi photon receiving antenna with "N ═ 3" receiving directions).
FIG. 6: a submodule for scattering optical radiation.
FIG. 7: an exploded view of the sub-module of figure 6.
Fig. 8 to 10: a transmit module with three facets (i.e., "N ═ 3" transmit directions) that is included in the ERSOSF antenna of example 1A (i.e., a fossi photon transmit antenna with "N ═ 3" transmit directions).
Fig. 11 to 14: an ERSOSF antenna matrix with three facets (i.e., "N ═ 3" transmit and receive directions), i.e., a FOSI photonic transmit and receive antenna with "N ═ 3" transmit and receive directions.
FIG. 15: a receiving module with two facets (i.e., "N ═ 2" receiving directions) that is included in the ERSOSF antenna of embodiment 1A (i.e., a fossi photon receiving antenna with "N ═ 2" receiving directions).
FIG. 16: a transmit module with two facets (i.e., "N ═ 2" transmit directions) that is included in the ERSOSF antenna of example 1A (i.e., a fossi photon transmit antenna with "N ═ 2" transmit directions).
FIG. 17: an ERSOSF antenna matrix with five facets (i.e., "N ═ 5" transmit and receive directions), i.e., a FOSI photonic transmit and receive antenna with "N ═ 5" transmit and receive directions.
FIG. 18: an ERSOSF antenna matrix with seven facets (i.e., "N ═ 7" transmit and receive directions), i.e., a fossi photonic transmit and receive antenna with "N ═ 7" transmit and receive directions.
Fig. 19 to 20: a housing for a hybrid cellular mobile terminal having a built-in APDLO adaptive ERSOSF antenna array including L-4 FOSI photonic antenna arrays having N-3 transmit and receive directions.
Fig. 21 to 22: a hybrid cellular mobile terminal RF-Optical fiber comprising an L-4 FOSI photonic antenna matrix with 3 transmit and receive directions.
Fig. 23 to 24: a large flat panel display screen includes an L-6 FOSI photonic antenna array having N-7 transmit-receive directions.
Fig. 25 to 26: a hi-fi loudspeaker comprising a matrix of L-12 FOSI photonic antennas with N-5 transmit-receive directions.
Fig. 27 to 29: workstation/personal computer comprising an L-12 FOSI photonic antenna matrix with N-5 transmit-receive directions.
FIG. 30: packet showing photonic PSAT, photonic DUO-PSAT, photonic QUAT-PSAT, ADAPT-COMFROP adapters, FROP beams and hybrid cellular mobile terminal RF-Optical fibers comprising L-4 photonic antenna matrices with N-3 transmit-receive directions.
FIG. 31: front, side, rear, perspective and exploded views of a CONRO optical radiation concentrator of the type used for DCDC cluster DTIRC.
FIG. 32: front, side, rear, perspective and exploded views for a DCDC cluster DIFFRO optical radiation diffuser module.
FIG. 33: front, side, rear, perspective and exploded views of the CONSTROP and constop optical radiation converters.
FIG. 34: a perspective view of a DCDC cluster with N CONRO optical radiation concentrators is linked to a CONSOP optical radiation converter by an optical fiber via an optical combiner coupler.
FIG. 35: a perspective view of a DCDC cluster with N DIFFRO optical radiation diffuser modules linked by optical fibers via splitter couplers to a CONFROP optical radiation converter.
FIG. 36: top and perspective views of the deviforop beam deflector to be installed in the ducts CFO4 and CFO 3.
FIG. 37: a deviforop beam deflector to be installed in the duct CFO2, top view and perspective view.
FIG. 38: a deviforop beam deflector to be installed in the duct CFO1, top view and perspective view.
FIG. 39: correlation between devifop beam deflectors of different lengths of the four catheters CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO 4.
Fig. 40 to 41: PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME structure, bare and equipped with a DCDC cluster of discrete optical radiation concentrator and diffuser modules.
Fig. 42 to 43: a DCDC pseudolite with a first stage CFO catheter, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 44 to 45: a DCDC pseudolite with two-stage CFO catheters, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 46 to 47: a DCDC pseudolite with a four stage CFO catheter, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 48 to 49: the direct current-direct current (DCDC) cluster is a DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME structure consisting of two pseudolites, is exposed and is provided with a discrete optical radiation condenser and a scattering module.
Fig. 50 to 51: DUO-PSAT consisting of two DCDC pseudolites with a primary CFO catheter, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 52 to 53: DUO-PSAT consisting of two DCDC pseudolites with two stages of CFO catheters, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 54 to 55: multi-PSAT consisting of two DCDC pseudolites with four stages of CFO catheters, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 56 to 57: QUAT-PSAT structure consisting of four pseudolites, DCDC cluster bare and equipped with discrete optical radiation condenser and scattering module.
Fig. 58 to fig. 59: QUAT-PSAT consisting of four DCDC pseudolites with a first-order CFO catheter, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 60 to 61: QUAT-PSAT consisting of four DCDC pseudolites with two stages of CFO catheters, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 62 to 63: QUAT-PSAT consisting of four DCDC pseudolites with four-stage CFO catheters, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 64 to 65: bare substrate of ConcentFuser.
FIG. 66: photonic components placed by injecting PMMA into the substrate of the bare ConcentFuser.
FIG. 67: loaded ConcentFuser.
FIG. 68: a bare PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component for grouping N concentFuser.
FIG. 69: a way to put N concentFusers into the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part.
FIG. 70: n ConcentFuser PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME parts were installed.
Fig. 71 to 72: ICDC pseudolite with primary CFO duct, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 74 to 74: ICDC pseudolite with two stage CFO catheters, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 75 to 76: ICDC pseudolite with four stage CFO duct, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 77 to 78: a DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME structure consisting of two pseudolites, naked and populated with 2N ICDC clusters of concentFuser.
Fig. 79 to 80: DUO-PSAT consisting of two ICDC pseudolites with a primary CFO catheter, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 81 to 82: DUO-PSAT consisting of two ICDC pseudolites with two stages of CFO catheters, in perspective and exploded views.
Fig. 83 to 84: multi-PSAT consisting of two ICDC pseudolites with four stages of CFO conduits, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 85 to 86: QUAT-PSAT architecture consisting of four pseudolites, naked and equipped with 4N ICDC clusters of ConcentrfFuser.
Fig. 87 to 88: QUAT-PSAT consisting of four ICDC pseudolites with a primary CFO catheter, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 89 to fig. 90: QUAT-PSAT consisting of four ICDC pseudolites with two stages of CFO catheters, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 91 to 92: QUAT-PSAT consisting of four ICDC pseudolites with four stages of CFO conduits, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 93 to 94: bare PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate of LSI-CDC cluster.
FIG. 95: PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME unit of LSI-CDC cluster equipped with N optical radiation concentrators and N optical radiation scattering modules.
Fig. 96 to 97: LSI-CDC pseudolite with first-order CFO conduits, perspective and exploded views.
Fig. 98 to 99: LSI-CDC pseudolite with two stages of CFO conduits, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 100 to 101: LSI-CDC pseudolite with four stages of CFO conduits, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 102 to 103: a DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate consisting of two pseudolites, an LSI-CDC cluster bare and provided with 2N optical radiation concentrators and 2N optical radiation scattering modules.
Fig. 104 to 105: DUO-PSAT consisting of two LSI-CDC pseudolites with a first-order CFO catheter, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 106 to 107: DUO-PSAT consisting of two LSI-CDC pseudolites with two stages of CFO catheters, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 108 to 109: DUO-PSAT consisting of two LSI-CDC pseudolites with a four-stage CFO catheter, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 110 to 111: QUAT-PSAT substrate, consisting of four pseudolites, bare and equipped with LSI-CDC clusters of 4N optical radiation concentrators and 4N optical radiation scattering modules.
Fig. 112 to 113: QUAT-PSAT consisting of four LSI-CDC pseudolites with a first-order CFO conduit, perspective and exploded views.
Fig. 114 to 115: QUAT-PSAT consisting of four LSI-CDC pseudolites with two stages of CFO conduits, perspective and exploded.
Fig. 116 to 117: QUAT-PSAT consisting of four LSI-CDC pseudolites with a four-stage CFO conduit, perspective and exploded views.
FIG. 118: a photonic pseudolite, called "Repe Propre", having an orthonormal coordinate system inscribed on its PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component has a point O at its center and three axes OX, OY, OZ.
Fig. 119 to 120: an example of a method of configuring the PSAT-channels-BASE components of a PSAT pseudolite comprises two optical radiation converters CONSOP and CONFROP and two beam deflectors devifop 3 and devifop 4.
FIG. 121: exploded view of PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE components.
FIG. 122: an example of a method of configuring the PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component of a PSAT pseudolite includes two optical couplers including a combiner and a splitter.
FIG. 123: exploded view of DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component.
FIG. 124: exploded view of QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component.
FIG. 125: two pseudolites PSAT-Aij and PSAT-Bij belonging to the SICOMSF system.
FIG. 126: two pseudolites PSAT-Cij and PSAT-Dij belonging to the SICOMSF system.
FIG. 127: exploded view of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with a primary CFO conduit.
FIG. 128: different views of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with a primary CFO conduit.
FIG. 129: an exploded view of an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with two stages of CFO conduits.
FIG. 130: different views of an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with two stages of CFO conduits.
FIG. 131: exploded view of an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with four stages of CFO conduits.
FIG. 132: different views of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with four levels of CFO conduits.
Fig. 133 to 134: an exploded view and a perspective view of a combination adapter and pseudolite combiend-ADAPT-PSAT with a primary CFO conduit.
Fig. 135 to 136: an exploded view and a perspective view of a combination adapter and pseudolite combiend-ADAPT-PSAT with two stages of CFO conduits.
Fig. 137 to 138: an exploded view and a perspective view of a combination adapter and pseudolite combiend-ADAPT-PSAT with four levels of CFO conduits.
Fig. 139 to 140: an exploded view and a perspective view of a combination adapter and pseudolite combiend-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT with a primary CFO conduit.
Fig. 141 to 142: an exploded view and a perspective view of a combination adapter and pseudolite combiend-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT with two stages of CFO conduits.
Fig. 143 to 144: an exploded view and a perspective view of a combination adapter and pseudolite combiend-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT with four levels of CFO conduits.
Note: reading the important explanation on page 2 is strongly suggested before viewing fig. 145-211 and fig. 214-243.
Fig. 145 to 156: perspective and enlarged views of a basic standard SICOMOSF system RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC that has been optimized for linking to an OPFIBRE-LAN network through an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter.
Fig. 157 to fig. 167: perspective and enlarged views of a basic standard SICOMOSF system RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC that has been optimized for linking to an OPFIBRE-LAN network through a COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT combo adapter.
Fig. 168 to 184: perspective and enlarged views of a combined standard SICOMOSF system RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC with two packaged PHOTONIC units.
Fig. 185 to 199: perspective and enlarged views of a combined standard SICOMOSF system RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC with four packaged PHOTONIC units.
Fig. 200 to 211: perspective and enlarged views of a combined standard SICOMOSF system RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC with eight packaged PHOTONIC units.
Fig. 212 to 213: the photonic interconnection gateway PPI-REPENDER.
Fig. 214 to 220: several different views of a hybrid cellular mobile terminal located inside the basic standard SICOMOSF system RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC, which has been optimized to be linked to the OPFIBRE-LAN network through an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter.
Fig. 221 to 227: several different views of a hybrid cellular mobile terminal located inside the basic standard SICOMOSF system RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC, which has been optimized to be linked to the OPFIBRE-LAN network through a COMMUNICED-ADAPT-PSAT combo adapter.
Fig. 228 to 234: several different views of a hybrid cellular mobile terminal with two encapsulated PHOTONIC units inside a combined standard SICOSF system RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC ic.
Fig. 235 to 241: several different views of a hybrid cellular mobile terminal with four encapsulated PHOTONIC units inside a combined standard SICOSF system RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC ic.
Fig. 242 to 243: several different views of a hybrid cellular mobile terminal with eight encapsulated PHOTONIC units inside a combined standard SICOSF system RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC ic.
Detailed Description
For convenience of reading, this section is divided into the following subsections:
1) 6.1-photonic and optoelectronic variants of erssosf antennas-cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices, erssosf antenna array with location, communication direction and wavelength Adaptation (APDLO) each-communication method: pages 34 to 56.
6.1.1-variant 1 of the ERSOSF antenna
6.1.2-variant 2 of the ERSOSF antenna
6.1.3 variations of ERSOSF antenna 3
6.1.4-cellular Mobile terminals and other electronic devices with arrays of location, communication Direction and wavelength Adaptive (APDLO) Photonic or optoelectronic antennas
6.1.5-method of communication between two devices TAEBDx and TAEBDz, each having a location, direction of communication and wavelength Adaptive (APDLO) ERSOSF antenna array-periodic search to identify two triplets (i, j, k)
-6.1.6-a method of communication between one device TAEBDx and Q devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2
6.1.7-method for wavelength allocation to Q devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, …, TAEBDzQ by TAEDBx devices, each device having a location, communication direction and wavelength Adaptive (APDLO) array of photons or photo-electric antennas-spreading the spectrum by adaptive wavelength hopping for transceiving
2) 6.2-wide area cellular network with radio frequency units, Optical units and hybrid RF-Optical units and including SICOSF system: pages 56 to 94
6.2.1 architecture of IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network with SICOMSF System
Main functional characteristics of-6.2.2-IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network
-6.2.3-communication method between OPFIBRE-LAN local area network with SICOMSF system and Q devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, …, TAEBDzQ, each device having a location, communication direction and wavelength Adaptive (APDLO) array of photonic or optoelectronic antennas-periodic search to identify 2Q triplets (i, j, k)
-6.2.4-method of wavelength assignment to Q devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, …, TAEBDzQ each having a location, communication direction and wavelength Adaptive (APDLO) array of photons or optoelectric antennas through OPFIBRE-LAN local area network with SICOSF system-spread spectrum by adaptive wavelength hopping for transceiving
6.2.5-method for increasing data transmission rate of cellular radio frequency communication network, preventing brain disease risk of mobile terminal user and reducing electromagnetic pollution related to radio frequency signal from in-building communication equipment
3) 6.3-method of manufacturing photonic pseudolites and the different groupings thereof: pages 94 to 128
Method for manufacturing-6.3.1-CONRO condenser, DIFFRO light diffuser and related cabinet components PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME
-6.3.2-CONRO condenser and method for manufacturing protective cover of DIFFRO light diffuser for PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME parts
-6.3.3-CONSTROP, CONSOP optical converter and DEVIFROP beam deflector manufacturing method
Manufacturing method of PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component of-6.3.4-PSAT-CHASSIS case
Manufacturing method of DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component of-6.3.5-DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS case
Manufacturing method of QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component of-6.3.6-QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS
Manufacturing method of PSAT-CHARSS-INTERFACE component of-6.3.7-PSAT-CHARSS CHASSIS
Manufacturing method of DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFAC component of-6.3.8-DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS case
Manufacturing method of QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component of-6.3.9-QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS
4) 6.4-method of manufacturing an adapter for communication by a FROP beam and a combination of an adapter and a photonic pseudolite: pages 128 to 135
Manufacturing method of ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part of ADAPT-CHASSIS case of-6.4.1-ADAPT-COMFROP adapter
Manufacturing method of ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component of ADAPT-CHASSIS case of-6.4.2-ADAPT-COMFROP adapter
Method for producing-6.4.3-ADAPT-CHASSIS-PROTECCTIVECOVER component
-6.4.4-COMMINED-ADAPT-PSAT and COMMINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adaptor manufacturing method
5) 6.5-manufacturing method of PPI-repeat photonic interconnection gateway for two SICOSF systems: pages 136 to 148
6) 6.6-method of assigning wavelengths to photonic pseudolites of SICOMSF systems-application example: pages 136 to 148
6.1-Photonic and opto-electronic variants of ERSOSF antennas-ERSOSF antenna array cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices with location, communication direction and wavelength Adaptation (APDLO) each-communication methods
This part of the invention should preferably be implemented by those skilled in the art of micromachining, photonics, optoelectronics and programming of microcontrollers and their peripheral components, i.e. core software.
6.1.1-variant 1 of ERSOSF antenna
There are two major versions of variant 1, referred to as variant 1A and variant 1B. Variant 1A uses reflective micromirrors, while in variant 1B, the micromirrors are replaced with micro-segments of optical fibers.
To implement different versions of the photonic variant 1 of the ERSOSF antenna, this can be done by micro-machining, which is a technique well known to those skilled in the art.
Generally, the receiving module according to the photonic variant 1A of the ERSOSF antenna comprises N optical radiation Conduits (CRO), where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, representing the number of receiving directions; if the method of constructing the mobile terminal is not modular, the N CRO conduits would pass through the substrate wall and thus through the housing of the mobile terminal. Each CRO conduit contains a photonic component including: -a) an optical radiation concentrator for converting incident radiation emitted by a radiation source located within a delimited area of a space bound to the erssosf antenna into a collimated optical radiation source; -b) a collimating lens for converting said collimated spot light radiation source into a tiny beam of outgoing parallel rays (microfrop); -c) one or more reflective micromirrors (if needed) for routing said outgoing microfrop beams by successive reflections so that they can reach the surface of the narrow bandpass optical filter orthogonally, as described below; -d) a narrow bandpass filter dedicated to the infrared or visible light domain of said receiving module for filtering the micro FROP light beam exiting from said collimating lens or, where appropriate, from one of said reflective micromirrors; e) a focusing lens for converting the micro FROP beam exiting the narrow-band pass optical filter into a collimated optical radiation source for transmission through an optical fiber; f) a receiving fiber for connecting the CRO conduit to a photodetector.
For example, in the case where N ═ 3 (i.e., three reception directions) of the reception module of variant 1A (fig. 1-5), the optical radiation concentrator (100103, 200103, 400103) and the collimating lens (100101, 200101) are integrated in the same container (100102, 200102) to form a concentrating and collimating submodule; the sub-modules (100100, 200100, 300100, 500100) are used to convert incident radiation emitted by a source located within a delimited area of the space to which the ERSOSF antenna is bound into an outgoing micro FROP beam. Each CRO conduit of the receiver module of variant 1A (300200, 400200, 500200) contains a photonic component comprising: -a) a light concentration and collimation submodule (100100, 200100, 300100, 500100); -b) four reflective micromirrors (300204) allowing the micro FROP beams exiting from the concentration and collimation submodules (100100, 200100, 300100, 500100) to be transmitted by successive reflections to reach orthogonally the surface of the narrow-band-pass optical filter described below; -d) a narrow pass filter (300203, 400203, 500203) in the infrared or visible range dedicated to said receiving module for filtering the micro FROP beams (3EFROP2) coming directly from the light concentration and collimation sub-modules (100100, 200100, 300100, 500100) or the micro FROP beams (3EFROP1 or 3EFROP3) coming from the micromirrors (3000); e) -a focusing lens (300202, 500202) for converting the micro FROP beam exiting from the narrow bandpass filter (300203, 400203, 500203) into a collimated optical radiation source for transmission through an optical fiber (300201, 400201, 500201); f) receiving optical fibers (300201, 400201, 500201) for connecting the CRO conduit to a photodetector.
Generally, the receiving module according to the photonic variant 1B of the ERSOSF antenna comprises N optical radiation Conduits (CRO), where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, representing the number of receiving directions; if the method of constructing the mobile terminal is not modular, the N CRO conduits pass through the wall of the substrate and thus through the housing of the mobile terminal. Each CRO conduit contains a photonic component including: -a) an optical radiation concentrator for converting incident radiation emitted by a radiation source located within a delimited area of a space bound to the erssosf antenna into a collimated optical radiation source; b) an optical fiber segment for routing the collimated point optical radiation source to a focal point of a collimating lens described below; -c) a collimating lens for converting the quasi-point light source into an outgoing micro-FROP beam so that it reaches the surface of the narrow bandpass filter orthogonally, as described below; -d) a narrow band optical filter in the infrared or visible range dedicated to the receiving module for filtering the micro FROP beam exiting from the collimating lens; e) a focusing lens for converting the micro FROP beam exiting the narrow-band pass optical filter into a collimated optical radiation source for transmission through an optical fiber; f) a receiving fiber for connecting the CRO conduit to a photodetector.
For example, in the case of the receiving module of variant 1B (fig. 15) with N ═ 2 (i.e., two receiving directions), the optical radiation concentrator (1500504) is extended by the fiber segment (15 fiber segment) for routing concentrated radiation to the focal point of the collimating lens (1500502). Each CRO conduit of the receiver module of variant 1B (1500500) contains a photonic component, including: -a) an optical radiation concentrator (1500504) for converting incident radiation emitted by a radiation source located within a delimited area of a space bound to the ERSOSF antenna into a collimated optical radiation source; b) a fiber segment (15) for routing the collimated light radiation source to a focal point of a collimating lens, as described below; -c) a collimating lens (1500502) for converting the collimated spot light radiation source into an outgoing micro-FROP beam so that it reaches orthogonally to the surface of the narrow bandpass filter, as described below; -d) a narrow bandpass filter (1500503) dedicated to the receiving module in the infrared or visible range for filtering the microfrop beams exiting from the collimating lens; e) a focusing lens (1500502) for converting the microfrop beams exiting the narrow-band pass optical filter into collimated optical radiation sources for transmission through an optical fiber, as described below; f) a receiving optical fiber (1500501) for connecting the CRO conduit to a photodetector.
Generally, the transmission module according to the photonic variant 1A of the ERSOSF antenna has N CRO ducts, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, representing the number of transmission directions; if the method of constructing the mobile terminal is not modular, the N CRO conduits pass through the wall of the substrate and thus through the housing of the mobile terminal. Each CRO conduit contains a photonic component including: a) a transmission optical fiber for connecting the CRO conduit to a light emitter; -b) a collimating lens for converting a collimated spot light radiation source transmitted by said transmitting optical fiber into an outgoing micro-FROP beam; -c) a narrow band pass optical filter in the infrared or visible range dedicated to said transmitting module for filtering the micro FROP beams exiting from said collimating lens; -d) one or more reflective micromirrors (if needed) for routing the outgoing microfrop light beams from the narrow bandpass filter by successive reflections so that they can reach the surface of the diffusing screen of the light diffuser orthogonally, as described below; -e) an optical radiation diffuser for converting the micro FROP light beams exiting from said narrow bandpass filter or, where appropriate, from the micromirrors, into an extended diffuse source of optical radiation in a delimited area of the space bound to said erssosf antenna.
For example, in the case where N ═ 3 (i.e. three transmission directions) of the transmission module of variant 1A (fig. 6-10), the light radiation diffuser (600302, 700302) is integrated in the container (600301, 700301) to form a light radiation diffusing sub-module; the sub-modules (600300, 700300, 800300, 900300, 1000300) are used to convert an incident micro FROP beam into an extended diffuse source of optical radiation located within a delimited area of the space bound to the erssosf antenna. Each CRO conduit of the emitter module of variant 1A (800400, 900400, 1000400) contains a photonic assembly comprising: a) -a delivery fiber (800401, 900401, 1000401) for connecting the CRO catheter to a light emitter; -b) a collimating lens (800402) for converting the collimated spot light radiation transmitted by the transmitting optical fiber into a micro-FROP beam (8 IFROP); -c) a narrow band pass optical filter (800403, 900403, 1000403) in the infrared or visible range dedicated to the emitter module for filtering the micro FROP beam (8IFROP) exiting from the collimating lens; -d) four reflective micromirrors (800404) allowing to route by successive reflections the micro FROP light beams exiting from said narrow-band-pass optical filter so as to be able to reach orthogonally the surface of the diffusing screen (600302, 700302) of the light radiation diffusing submodule, as described below; -e) a light radiation diffusing submodule (600300, 700300, 800300, 900300, 1000300) for converting the micro FROP light beams exiting from said narrow bandpass filter or, where appropriate, from the micromirrors, into an extended diffusion source of light radiation in a delimited area of the space bound to said erssosf antenna.
Generally, the transmission module according to the photonic variant 1B of the ERSOSF antenna has N CRO ducts, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, representing the number of transmission directions; if the method of constructing the mobile terminal is not modular, the N CRO conduits pass through the wall of the substrate and thus through the housing of the mobile terminal. Each CRO conduit contains a photonic component including: a) a transmitting optical fiber for connecting the CRO conduit to a light emitter; -b) a collimating lens for converting the collimated spot light radiation transmitted by said transmitting optical fiber into an outgoing micro-FROP beam so that it can reach the surface of the narrow bandpass filter orthogonally, as described below; -c) a narrow band pass optical filter in the infrared or visible range dedicated to said transmitting module for filtering the micro FROP beams exiting from said collimating lens; -d) an optical radiation diffuser for converting the microfrop light beams exiting from the narrow bandpass optical filter into an extended diffusion source of optical radiation in a delimited area of the space bound to the ERSOSF antenna.
For example, in the case of the transmission module of variant 1B (fig. 16) with N ═ 2 (i.e. two transmission directions), the transmission fibers (1600601) connecting the CRO conduits to the light emitters are expanded in order to convey the source of optical radiation to the focal point of the collimator lens (1600602). Each CRO conduit of delivery module variant 1B (1600600) contains a photonic component comprising: a) a delivery fiber (1600601) for connecting the CRO conduit to a light emitter; -b) a collimating lens (1600602) for converting the collimated spot light radiation source sent by the sending optical fiber into an outgoing micro-FROP beam so that it reaches the surface of the narrow bandpass filter orthogonally, as described below; -c) a narrow band pass filter (1600603) dedicated to the infrared or visible range of the transmitting module for filtering the micro FROP beams exiting the collimating lens; -d) a light radiation diffusing screen (1600604) for converting micro FROP light beams exiting from said narrow bandpass optical filter into an extended diffused source of light radiation in a delimited area of space bound to said ERSOSF antenna.
According to the photonic variant 1A or N1B, an ERSOSF antenna with N transceiving directions and a single transceiving wavelength is formed by juxtaposing a receiving module and a transmitting module with N receiving directions and N transmitting directions, respectively, on the one hand, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and on the other hand with a narrow bandpass filter centered at the same wavelength; this single transceiving wavelength is called "Lmda-ER". Furthermore, an ERSOSF antenna matrix having M different wavelengths and N transceiving directions (where M and N are integers greater than or equal to 1) is formed by juxtaposing M ERSOSF antennas, each of which has N transceiving directions and a single transceiving wavelength. The M wavelengths of the matrix are called Lmda-ER1、…、Lmda-ERM。
According to the photon variant 1A or 1B, the APDLO adaptive ERSOSF antenna array has:
a) l identical ERSOSF antenna matrices, each matrix having M different wavelengths and N transmit and receive directions, wherein L, M and N are integers greater than or equal to 1; the M wavelengths of the matrix are called Lmda-ER1, …, Lmda-ERM; and
b) l × M × N photodetectors; the photodetectors are distributed in L matrices at a rate of M N photodetectors per matrix; for each matrix, M × N photodetectors are distributed among M ERSOSF antennas at a ratio of N photodetectors per ERSOSF antenna. Each photodetector is connected to one of the N CRO receiving conduits of the corresponding ERSOSF antenna through a dedicated receiving optical fiber; and
c) L M N light emitters; the light emitters are distributed in L matrices at a ratio of M N light emitters per matrix; for each matrix, M × N optical transmitters are distributed among M ERSOSF antennas at a ratio of N optical transmitters per ERSOSF antenna. Each optical transmitter is connected to one of the N CRO transmission conduits of the corresponding erssosf antenna by a dedicated transmission optical fiber.
According to the photon variant 1A or the variant 1B, the receiving module is called "photonic antenna for receiving with integrated selective optical filter" or "FOSI receiving photonic antenna"; the transmitting module is called "photonic antenna for transmission with integrated selective optical filter" or "photonic antenna for transmission FOSI"; ERSOSF antennas are also known as "two-photon antennas for transmission and reception with integrated selective optical filters" or "dual FOSI photonic antennas for transmission and reception" or "FOSI photonic antennas for transmission and reception"; the erssosf antenna matrix (fig. 11-14, 17-18) is also referred to as a "two-photon antenna matrix for transceiving with integrated selective optical filters" or a "FOSI-photon antenna matrix for transceiving". The system consisting of the set of FOSI photonic antennas, the optical transmitter, the photodetector, the SPAD and SPLO selection devices, the BSDLO beacon, the DTR-BSDLO beacon detector, and the microcontroller for driving the set is called "FOSI photonic antenna array with position, optical transmit-receive direction and wavelength adaptation" or "FOSI-APDLO photonic antenna array".
6.1.2-variant 2 of ERSOSF antenna
There are two major versions of variant 2, referred to as variant 2A and variant 2B, respectively. Variant 2A uses reflective micromirrors, while in variant 2B, the reflective micromirrors are replaced by micro-segments of optical fibers.
To implement different versions of the photonic variant 2 of the ERSOSF antenna, this can be done by micro-machining, which is a technique well known to those skilled in the art.
Generally, the receiving module according to the photonic variant 2A of the ERSOSF antenna comprises N CRO conduits, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, representing the number of receiving directions; if the method of constructing the mobile terminal is not modular, the N CRO conduits pass through the wall of the substrate and thus through the housing of the mobile terminal. Each CRO conduit contains a photonic component including: -a) an optical radiation concentrator for converting incident radiation emitted by a radiation source located within a delimited area of a space bound to the erssosf antenna into a collimated optical radiation source; -b) a collimating lens for converting the collimated spot light radiation source into an outgoing micro-FROP beam; -c) one or more reflective micromirrors (if needed) for routing said outgoing microfrop beams by successive reflections so that they can arrive parallel to the optical axis of the focusing lens, as described below; -d) a focusing lens for converting the micro FROP beams exiting from said collimating lens or possibly from micromirrors into collimated optical radiation sources for transmission through optical fibers as described hereinafter; e) a receiving fiber for connecting the CRO conduit to a photodetector with an integrated narrow band optical filter.
For example, in the case of N ═ 3 (i.e., three reception directions), the reception module variation 2A is obtained by removing the optical filters (300203, 400203, 500203) shown in the case of variation 1A in N ═ 3 (fig. 1 to 5).
Generally, the receiving module according to the photonic variant 2B of the ERSOSF antenna comprises N CRO conduits, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, representing the number of receiving directions; if the method of constructing the mobile terminal is not modular, the N CRO conduits pass through the wall of the substrate and thus through the housing of the mobile terminal. Each CRO conduit contains a photonic component including: -a) an optical radiation concentrator for converting incident radiation emitted by a radiation source located within a delimited area of a space bound to the erssosf antenna into a collimated optical radiation source; b) an optical fiber segment for routing concentrated radiation in the form of collimated spot light radiation sources to the focal point of a collimating lens, as described below; -c) a collimating lens for converting said collimated spot light radiation source into an outgoing micro-FROP beam such that it arrives parallel to the optical axis of the focusing lens, as described below; d) a focusing lens for converting the micro FROP beam exiting the collimating lens into a collimated spot light radiation source for transmission through an optical fiber described below; e) a receiving fiber for connecting the CRO conduit to a photodetector with an integrated narrow band optical filter.
For example, in the case of N ═ 2 (i.e., two reception directions), reception module variation 2B is obtained by removing the optical filter (1500503) shown in variation 1B in the case of N ═ 2 (fig. 15).
Generally, the transmitting module according to the photonic variant 2A of the ERSOSF antenna comprises N CRO conduits, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, representing the number of receiving directions; if the method of constructing the mobile terminal is not modular, the N CRO conduits pass through the wall of the substrate and thus through the housing of the mobile terminal. Each CRO conduit contains a photonic component including: a) a transmitting optical fiber for connecting the CRO conduit to an optical transmitter with an integrated narrowband optical filter; -b) a collimating lens for converting quasi-point optical radiation transmitted by said transmitting optical fiber into a micro-FROP beam; -c) one or more reflective micromirrors (if needed) for routing the outgoing micro FROP beams from said collimating lens by successive reflections so that they can reach orthogonally to the surface of the diffusing screen of the light diffuser, as described below; -d) an optical radiation diffuser for converting the micro FROP beams exiting from the collimating lens or (if applicable) from micromirrors into an extended diffuse source of optical radiation in a delimited area of space bound to the erssosf antenna.
For example, in the case of N ═ 3 (i.e., three emission directions), emission module variant 2A is obtained by removing the optical filters (800403, 900403, 1000403) shown in variant 1A in the case of N ═ 3 (fig. 6-10).
The transmitting module according to the photonic variant 2B of the ERSOSF antenna comprises N CRO conduits, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, representing the number of receiving directions; if the method of constructing the mobile terminal is not modular, the N CRO conduits pass through the wall of the substrate and thus through the housing of the mobile terminal. Each CRO conduit contains a photonic component including: a) a transmitting optical fiber for connecting the CRO conduit to a light emitter; -b) a collimating lens for converting the quasi-point optical radiation transmitted by said transmitting optical fiber into an outgoing micro-FROP beam, so as to reach orthogonally to the diffusing surface of the optical radiation diffuser, as described below; -c) a light radiation diffuser for converting the microfrop light beams exiting the collimating lens into an extended diffuse source of light radiation in a delimited area of the space bound to the ERSOSF antenna.
For example, in the case of N ═ 2 (i.e., two emission directions), emission module variant 2B is obtained by removing the optical filter (1500503) shown in variant 1B in the case of N ═ 2 (fig. 16).
According to the photon modification 2, the ERSOSF antenna having N transmitting and receiving directions is formed by juxtaposing a receiving module and a transmitting module having N receiving directions and N transmitting directions, respectively, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1. Furthermore, an erssosf antenna matrix having M cells and N transmit-receive directions is formed by juxtaposing M erssosf antennas, where M and N are integers greater than or equal to 1, each erssosf antenna having N transmit-receive directions.
In general, according to photon variant 2, the adaptive ersonsf antenna array has:
a) l identical ERSOSF antenna matrices, each matrix having M elements and N transmit-receive directions, wherein L, M and N are integers greater than or equal to 1; and
b) LxMxN photodetectors with integrated narrow bandpass optical filters, with M different reception wavelengths, called "Lmda-ER 1, …, Lmda-ERM"; the photodetectors are distributed in L ERSOSF antenna matrices at a ratio of M × N photodetectors per matrix and M different wavelengths; for each matrix, M × N photodetectors are distributed in the MERSOSF antenna at a ratio of N photodetectors having the same wavelength per ersonsf antenna. Each photodetector is connected to one of the N CRO receiving conduits of the corresponding ERSOSF antenna through a dedicated receiving optical fiber; and
c) LxMxN light emitters with integrated narrow-band-pass optical filters, having M different transmission wavelengths, which are identical to the transmission wavelengths of the LxMxN photodetectors, also referred to as "Lmda-ER1、…、Lmda-ERM"; the light emitters are distributed in L matrices in a ratio of M × N light emitters and M different wavelengths per matrix; for each matrix, M × N optical transmitters are distributed in the MERSOSF antenna at a ratio of N optical transmitters having the same wavelength per ersonsf antenna. Each optical transmitter is connected to one of the N transmitting CRO conduits of the corresponding erssosf antenna by a dedicated transmitting optical fiber.
According to photon variant 2, the receiving module is referred to as a "neutral photonic antenna for reception"; the transmitting module is called "neutral photonic antenna for transmission"; ERSOSF antennas are also known as "neutral two-photon antennas for reception"; the erssosf antenna matrix is also referred to as a "neutral two-photon antenna matrix for transceiving". The system formed by the set of neutral photonic antennas, the optical transmitter with integrated selective optical filter, the photodetector with integrated selective optical filter, the SPAD and SPLO selection devices, the BSDLO beacon, the DTR-BSDLO beacon detector, and the microcontroller for driving the set is called a "location, optical transmit and receive direction and wavelength adaptive NT-FOS photonic antenna array" or "NT-FOS-APDLO photonic antenna array".
6.1.3 variations of the ERSOSF antenna 3
The ersonsf antenna variant 3 is an opto-electronic variant that is recommended to implement a medium-range data transmission rate link between a mobile terminal or other electronic device and an OPFILE-LAN local area network, or between several mobile terminals or other electronic devices, compared to an optical fiber link, i.e. a point-to-point architecture. This optoelectronic variant differs from photonic variants 1 and 2 in that the photodetector (PIN photodiode) and the light emitter (infrared laser diode, infrared light emitting diode) are distributed in different edges of the housing and are connected by wires to signal conditioning integrated circuits (transimpedance amplifiers, operational amplifiers, etc.); thus, for signals in the ultra-high frequency range, these wires act like low-pass electrical filters, limiting the data transmission rate; furthermore, in the case of mobile terminals (smart phones, etc.), the wires may modify the radiation pattern of the embedded radio-frequency antenna. This is why the theoretical data transmission rate of these connections is relatively modest compared to the photonic antennas of variant 1 and variant 2.
To implement different versions of the electro-optic variant of the ERSOSF antenna, this can be done by micro-machining associated with other techniques used in the field of semiconductor manufacturing. All these techniques are well known to the person skilled in the art.
In general, the receiving module according to the optoelectronic variant of the ERSOSF antenna comprises N photodetectors, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, representing the number of receiving directions; each photodetector includes: -a) an optical radiation concentrator for converting incident radiation emitted by a radiation source located within a delimited area of a space bound to the erssosf antenna into a collimated optical radiation source; -b) a collimating lens for converting the collimated spot light radiation source into an outgoing micro-FROP beam; -c) a narrow band pass optical filter in the infrared or visible range dedicated to said receiving module for filtering the micro FROP beams exiting from said collimating lens; -d) a PIN photodiode for converting the filtered micro FROP beam exiting the narrow bandpass optical filter into an electrical current; -e) wires for connecting the PIN photodiode to a signal conditioning integrated circuit (transimpedance amplifier, operational amplifier, etc.).
Generally, a transmitting module according to the optoelectronic variant of an erssosf antenna comprises N optical transmitters, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, representing the number of transmission directions; each light emitter comprises: -a) wires for carrying signals sent by signal conditioning integrated circuits (transimpedance amplifiers, operational amplifiers, etc.); b) an infrared laser diode or an infrared light emitting diode connected to the wire for converting an electrical signal into a collimated spot light radiation source; -c) a collimating lens for converting the quasi-point light source into an outgoing micro-FROP beam; -d) a narrow band optical filter in the infrared or visible range dedicated to said transmitting module for filtering the micro FROP beams exiting from said collimating lens; -e) an optical radiation diffuser for converting the microfrop light beams exiting from the narrow bandpass optical filter into an extended diffusion source of optical radiation in a delimited area of the space bound to the ERSOSF antenna.
According to the optoelectronic variant, an ERSOSF antenna with N transceiving directions and a single transceiving wavelength is juxtaposed by a receiving module and a transmitting module, the receiving module and the transmitting module having, on the one hand, N receiving directions and N transmitting directions, respectively, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and, on the other hand, a narrow-band optical filter centered at the same wavelength; this single wavelength used for transceiving is called "Lmda-ER". An ERSOSF antenna matrix with M different wavelengths and N transceiving directions, wherein M and N are integers greater than or equal to 1, is formed by juxtaposing M ERSOSF antennas, each antenna having N transceiving directions and a single transceiving wavelength. The M wavelengths of the matrix are called "Lmda-ER1、…、Lmda-ERM”。
According to the optoelectronic variant, the adaptive ERSOSF antenna array has L identical ERSOSF antenna matrices, each antenna matrix having M different wavelengths and N transmit-receive directions, where L, M and N are integers greater than or equal to 1; m different receiving and transmitting wavelengths are Lmda-ER1、…、Lmda-ERM。
According to the optoelectronic variant, the receiving module is called "photoelectric antenna for reception with integrated selective optical filter" or "FOSI photoelectric antenna for reception"; the transmission module is called "opto-electronic antenna for transmission with integrated selective optical filter" or "FOSI opto-electronic antenna for transmission"; ERSOSF antennas are also known as "transmit-receive dual-photon electronic antennas with integrated selective optical filters" or "FOSI dual-photon antennas for receiving and emitting light" or "FOSI photo-electric antennas for receiving and emitting light"; the erssosf antenna matrix is referred to as a "FOSI dual-photo antenna matrix for transceiving". The system consisting of the set of FOSI photon antennas, the SPAD and SPLO selection devices, the BSDLO beacons, the DTR-BSDLO beacon detector and the microcontroller for driving the set is called "position, light transmit and receive direction and wavelength adaptive FOSI photoelectric antenna array" or "FOSI-APDLO photoelectric antenna array".
6.1.4-cellular Mobile terminals and other electronic devices with arrays of location, communication Direction and wavelength Adaptive (APDLO) Photonic or optoelectronic antennas
In form, a housing (fig. 19-29) of a cellular mobile terminal or other electronic device with an integrated photonic or optoelectronic antenna array includes L identical photonic or optoelectronic antenna matrices distributed in L different edges of the housing, wherein each photonic or optoelectronic antenna matrix consists of M photonic or optoelectronic antennas each having N emission directions; l, M, N is an integer of 1 or more; each photonic antenna, whether of the photonic variant 1 or the variant 2, or the optoelectronic antenna, is composed of two module modules connected together, one of which is a receiving module and the other of which is a transmitting module.
The housing is typically die cast, injection molded from an aluminum alloy. A photonic or optoelectronic antenna matrix is implemented by combining M photonic or optoelectronic antennas, each antenna having N transmit and receive directions. These fabrication techniques are well known to those skilled in the art.
A cellular mobile terminal or other electronic device having an APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna array contains a set of information pre-recorded in EPROM, EEPROM or flash memory relating to the monitoring of an electronic communication system that must be formed with an IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network.
In particular, for a cellular mobile terminal with an APDLO adaptive photon or photo antenna array, the set of information contains at least the following elements:
-a) a serial number of the terminal;
-b) SIM (i.e. embedded subscriber identity module) card information;
-c) a dedicated wavelength for wireless optical communication with a call set-up system (Syst e d 'etabolism d' Appel ") having a SICOSF system and belonging to a fixed or mobile local area network of said interconnected network;
-d) dedicated frequencies for radio frequency communication with said call setup system having a SICOSF system and belonging to a fixed or mobile local area network of said interconnected network;
-e) a dedicated wavelength for wireless optical communication with a call notification system (in french, "systeme de Notifications appliances") having a SICOSF system and belonging to a fixed or mobile local area network of said internet network; and
-f) a dedicated frequency for radio frequency communication with a call notification system of a fixed or mobile local area network having a SICOSF system and belonging to said network.
As defined herein:
-a dedicated wavelength for communicating with said call set-up system via wireless light, called "Mob-call-LDOSF”。
-a dedicated frequency for communicating with said call setup system by radio frequency, called "Mob-call-f RF”。
-a dedicated wavelength for communicating with said call notification system by wireless light, called "Mob-SNotif-LDOSF”。
-a dedicated frequency for communicating with said call notification system by radio frequency, called "Mob-SNotif-fRF”。
A cellular mobile terminal with an APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna array configured in a manner to work with a fixed or mobile SICOSF system belonging to an IRECH-RF-OP interconnect network; this configuration is such that:
-a) Mob-ecall-LDOSF wavelength equal to LAN-ecall-LDOSFWavelength ();
-b) Mob-SNotif-LDOSF wavelength equal to LAN-SNotif-LDOSFWavelength ();
-c) Mob-call-fRF frequency equals LAN-call-fRFFrequency (#); and is
-d) Mob-SNotif-fRF frequency equal to LAN-SNotif-fRFFrequency ().
(*): these wavelengths and radio frequencies are defined in section 6.2.2 and are related to the main functional characteristics of the IRECH-RF-OP interconnect network.
The main means for enabling the cellular mobile terminal or other electronic device (each with a photonic or optoelectronic antenna array) to implement APDLO adaptation are as follows:
a) a BSDLO beacon for indicating a transceiving direction and a communication wavelength being used;
b) a DTR-BSDLO beacon detector for identifying BSDLO beacons and wavelengths in use belonging to the mobile terminal and other electronic devices operating nearby;
c) Means for periodically selecting the edge of the housing and the transmit-receive direction (SPAD) to accommodate various positions of the terminal and its user within the Optical unit or the hybrid RF-Optical unit, or relative to another device having an array of photonic or optoelectronic antennas to which the terminal is connected by wireless light;
d) a device for periodically selecting the wavelength (SPLO) in order to spread the spectrum by performing wavelength hopping without optical interference with other similar terminals having arrays of photonic or optoelectronic antennas in the vicinity and communicating wirelessly;
e) a microcontroller programmed according to an algorithm allows periodic identification of triplets of integers (i, j, k).
These primary means for enabling APDLO adaptation for a mobile terminal or other electronic device are part of its communication protocol layers.
For the sake of simplicity of presentation, a Terminal or other electronic device or any dedicated housing (in the french term "Terminal ou author electronic ou Boitier quelconqi D di") is denoted by "TAEBD device" or "TAEBD".
The following provides two examples of protocols with means for implementing an APDLO adaptive photon or optoelectronic antenna array; one of these protocols relates to networks comprising two TAEBD devices, the other being a generalization of networks having more than two TAEBD devices.
6.1.5-communication method between two TAEBDx and TAEBDz devices with APDLO adaptive photon or photoelectric antenna array-periodic search to identify two triplets (i, j, k)
It is suggested to refer to fig. 11 to 14 and 17 to 29 that prefixes TAEDBx and TAEBDz are added to distinguish two devices on the one hand and suffixes ix, jx, kx and iz, jz, kz to distinguish the number of housing edges, the wavelength used and the transceiving direction, respectively, on the other hand.
The TAEBDx arrangement (fig. 19-29) comprises Lx matrices, each matrix having Mx photonic or optoelectronic antennas, each antenna having Nx transmit and receive directions, wherein Lx, Mx and Nx are integers greater than or equal to 1; the Lx matrices of the TAEBDx apparatus are called TAEBDx matrices, where ix is an integer from 1 to Lx; lx matrices are distributed in Lx edges of the housing of the TAEBDx device; the Edge of the shell with TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIx as the boundary is called TAEBDx-Edge-ERIx; two BSDLO beacons of TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIX are called TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIX-BLS-BSDLO1 and TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIX-BLS-BSDLO2, and two detectors of BSDLO beacon are called TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIX-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIX-DTR-BSDLO 2; the Nx transceiving direction common to two beacons BSDLO and two beacon detectors of TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIx is called TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIx-Dirkx, where kx is an integer from 1 to Nx; the Mx receiving and transmitting wavelengths of Mx double antennas of TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIx are called TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIx-2Antjx-Lmda-ER, wherein Jx is an integer from 1 to Mx.
The TAEBDz device (fig. 19-29) comprises Lz matrices, each matrix having Mz photonic or optoelectronic antennas, each antenna having Nz transmit and receive directions, wherein Lz, Mz and Nz are integers greater than or equal to 1; the Lz matrices of the device are called TAEBDz matrices, where iz is an integer from 1 to Lz; the Lz matrixes TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz are distributed in Lz edges of the TAEBDz equipment shell; the Edge of the shell bounded by TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz is denoted TAEBDz-Edge-ERIz; two BSDLO beacons of TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIZ are called TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz-BLS-BSDLO1 and TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz-BLS-BSDLO2, and two detectors of BSDLO beacons are called TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz-DTR-BSDLO 2; the Nz transmit and receive directions common to two BSDLO beacons and two beacon detectors of TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz are called TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz-Dirkz, where kz is an integer from 1 to Nz; the Mz transmit-receive wavelength of the Mz dual antennas of the Matrix TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz is called TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz-2Antjz-Lmda-ER, where jz is an integer from 1 to Mz.
The communication protocol between the two devices TAEDBx and TAEDBx includes a protocol for identifying two pairs of integers (ix)0，kx0) And (iz)0，kz0) So that at time T, TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIx 0And TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz0And respective receiving and transmitting directions TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIx0-Dirkx thereof0And TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz0-Dirkz0Adapted for wireless optical communication between the two devices.
For example, two pairs of integers (ix)0，kx0) And (iz)0，kz0) This may be the case:
a) the product of the reaction between TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz0-Dirkz0Belongs to the Matrix TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz in direction0Received by the two beacon detectors of (1) and detected by the beacon detector at TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIz0-Dirkz0Belongs to the Matrix TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIx in the direction0The power of the signals transmitted by the two beacons is greater than or equal to a predefined limit value; or
-b) in TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIX0-Dirkx0Belongs to the Matrix TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIx in the direction0Received by the two beacon detectors of (1) and detected by the beacon detector at TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz0-Dirkz0Belongs to the Matrix TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz in direction0The power of the signals transmitted by the two beacons is greater than or equal to a predefined limit value.
To form two triplets (ix)0，j0，kx0) And (iz)0，j0，kz0) Communication wavelength, i.e. parameter j0Is based on a list of variables whose contents vary according to the state of the ongoing communication. By in permanent columnsSet theory subtraction is performed between the table and the list of wavelengths in use, the contents of which are executed at time T. From the beacon detector TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIX 0-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDx-Matrix-ERIx0-DTR-BSDLO2 or TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz0-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz0The wavelengths in use are periodically acquired from the signal received by the DTR-BSDLO 2. The permanent list of available wavelengths is stored in a dedicated read-only memory integrated in each TAEBD device. The acquisition period for the wavelength in use may be defined manually or automatically by a combination of one or more signals provided by the BSDLO beacon and one or more signals provided by at least one accelerometer integrated in one of the TAEBD devices.
For example, when the communication network formed by the two devices TAEBDx and TAEBDz having the APDLO adaptive photon or photoelectric antenna arrays, respectively, is a network having a master/slave architecture, its communication protocol includes a periodic search means for identifying the enclosure edge and the transceiving direction. These devices use algorithms that operate as follows or give equivalent results:
-a) the TAEBDx master transmits signals to the TAEBDz slaves by wireless light and/or radio frequency for allocating time slot numbers and synchronizing the time base of its means for periodically selecting Edge-ERiz edges (i.e. Matrix-ERiz Matrix) and the TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz-Dirkz transceiving directions of said Matrix; and
-b) in the time slot allocated to the TAEBDz slave:
b 1-consistent with TAEBDx master, TAEBDz slave's iz varies from 1 to Lz, kz varies from 1 to Nz, which for each pair of integers (iz, kz) causes beacons TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz-BLS-BSDLO1 and TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz-BLS-BSDLO2 belonging to its TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz Matrix to transmit in the TAEBDz-Matrix-ERIz-Dirkz direction; simultaneously;
b 2-when the beacon of the TAEBDz slave is transmitting, the TAEBDx master's ix varies from 1 to Lx, kx varies from 1 to Nx, and for each pair of integers (ix, kx), it compares the signal power received in the TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-DTR-BSDLO2 in the TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-Dirkx transceiving direction, belonging to its two beacon detectors, with a predefined reference power called IRef-Receiver;
b 2.1-if for a pair of integers (ix)0，kx0) The power of the signals received by the two beacon detectors is greater than or equal to IRef-ReceiverThen the TAEBDx master sends a signal to stop the search to the TAEBDz slave via wireless optical and/or radio frequency, and the integer pair (ix) is transmitted0，kx0) Stored in a dedicated memory; and the TAEBDz slave device will couple the corresponding integer pair (iz)0，kz0) Stored in a dedicated memory; then go to step c);
b2.2 — otherwise, the TAEBDx master sends a signal to stop the search to the TAEBDz slave over the air and/or radio frequency and stores the integer pair (0, 0) in a dedicated memory, the TAEBDz slave stores the integer pair (0, 0) in the dedicated memory; then the
B2.3-as long as the time slot allocated to the TAEBDz slave has not elapsed, go to step B1;
then the
-c) the TAEBDz slave device enters IDLE mode waiting for the next slot number allocation and synchronization signal to restart from step b).
Conventionally, if at time T iz0 is 0, this means that at time T an optimal connection between the two devices TAEBDx and TAEBDz by wireless light is not possible; in this case, the TAEBDz device will sound and/or light a signal and/or text alarm to the user so that the user can change his position.
The search period of the periodic search means is automatically determined by one or more signals provided by at least one accelerometer integrated in the at least one device or manually determined by a user from a pre-recorded list installed in the at least one device.
6.1.6 TAEBDx device and Q TAEBDz device with APDLO adaptive photon or photoelectric antenna array 1、TAEBDz2、…、TAEBDzQMethod of communication between-periodic search to identify 2Q triples (i, j, k)
For example, when the antenna is composed of TAEBDs each having an APDLO adaptive photon or photoelectric antenna arrayx devices and other devices TAEBDz1、TAEBDz2、…、TAEBDzQWhen the formed communication network is a network with a master/slave architecture, the communication protocol thereof includes means for periodically searching to identify the edge of the housing and the direction of transmission and reception. These devices use algorithms that operate as follows or give equivalent results:
-a) the TAEBDx master device transmits TAEBDz to TAEBDz from TAEBDz by radio light and/or radio frequency1、TAEBDz2、…、TAEBDzQTransmitting a signal for allocating a slot number and synchronizing a time base of a device for periodically selecting an Edge-ERizq Edge (i.e., a Matrix-ERizq Matrix) and a TAEBDzq-Matrix-ERizq-Dirkzq transceiving direction of the Matrix; q is an integer from 1 to Q; then:
-b) the TAEBDx master initializes a variable q to 0; then the
-c) performing steps d) to f) as long as Q is less than Q; otherwise go to step h);
-d) the TAEBDx master increases the variable q by + 1; then the
-e) performing steps e1 to e2 as long as the time slot allocated to TAEBDzq slave is has not elapsed, otherwise performing step f);
e1 — consistent with the TAEBDx master, the TAEBDzq slave's izq varies from 1 to Lzq and kzq from 1 to Nzq, and for each pair of integers (izq, kzq) it causes the two beacons TAEBDzq-Matrix-ERizq-BLS-BSDLO1 and TAEBDzq-Matrix-ERizq-BLS-dlbso 2 belonging to its TAEBDzq-Matrix-ERizq Matrix to transmit in the TAEBDzq-Matrix-ERizq-Dirkzq transceiving direction; at the same time, the user can select the desired position,
e 2-when the beacon of the TAEBDzq slave device is transmitting, the TAEBDx master device varies ix from 1 to Lx, kx from 1 to Nx, and for each pair of integers (ix, kx), it compares the signal power received by the two beacon detectors TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-DTR-dlbso 2 belonging to its TAEBDzq-Matrix-ERix-eriq Matrix in the TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-Dirkx transceiving direction with a predefined reference power called IRef-Receiver;
e 2.1-if for a pair of integers (ixq)0，kxq0) The power of the signals received by the two beacon detectors is greater than or equal to IRef-ReceiverThe master TAEBDx sends a signal to stop the search to the slave TAEBDzq by radio light and/or radio frequency, and the integer is summed (ixq)0，kxq0) Stored in a dedicated memory; and corresponding integer pairs (izq) from TAEBDzq0，kzq0) Stored in a dedicated memory; then go to step f);
e2.2 — otherwise, the master TAEBDx sends a signal to stop the search to the slave TAEBDzq by radio light and/or radio frequency and stores the integer pair (0, 0) in the dedicated memory and the slave TAEBDzq stores the integer pair (0, 0) in the dedicated memory; then go to step e);
-f) entering IDLE mode from TAEBDzq, waiting for the next slot number allocation and synchronization signal to restart from step b); then the
-g) go to step c);
-h) Q slave devices TAEBDz1、TAEBDz2、…、TAEBDzQEnter IDLE mode and wait for the next slot number assignment and synchronization signal to restart from step b).
Conventionally, for any Q between 1 and Q, if at time T, izq is 0, this means that at time T, an optimal connection between the master TAEBDx and the slave TAEBDzq by wireless light is not possible; in this case, the TAEBDzq device may sound and/or light a signal and/or text alarm to the user so that the user can change his position.
For the case of two devices, the search period of the periodic search means is automatically determined by one or more signals provided by at least one accelerometer integrated in at least one device, or manually determined by the user from a pre-recorded list installed in at least one device.
6.1.7-wavelength assignment to Q devices TAEBDz by TAEDBx device1、TAEBDz2、…、TAEBDzQWherein each device has an array of location, communication direction, and wavelength Adaptive (APDLO) photonic or optoelectronic antennas-spread the spectrum by adaptive wavelength hopping for transceiving.
When each has APDLO adaptationTAEBDx device and Q other devices TAEBDz for photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays 1、TAEBDz2、…、TAEBDzQWhen the formed communication network is a network with a master/slave architecture, a master device TAEBDx transmits Q slave devices TAEBDz1、TAEBDz2、…、TAEBDzQThe method of assigning wavelengths includes: -a) treating the TAEBDx master device as a virtual opfabric-LAN local area network; -b) coupling Q slaves TAEBDz1，TAEBDz2，…，TAEBDzQAs a virtual photonic pseudolite.
Then, due to this conversion, one only needs to apply this wavelength assignment method and the method of spreading the transceive spectrum by wavelength hopping to the virtual local area network and its virtual photonic pseudolite, as described in section 6.2.4.
6.2-Wide area cellular network with radio frequency units, Optical units and hybrid RF-Optical units and including SICOMS F System
The IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network is mainly used for cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices with arrays of photonic or optoelectronic antennas, as described in section 3 above, to enable preferential wireless optical communication under practical conditions that provide users with a very high degree of freedom of movement. Furthermore, it should be noted that communication by wireless light is very advantageous, as it may prevent risks of brain diseases or other health problems, which are inherent in prior art radio frequency signals from mobile devices; furthermore, the data transmission rate may be very high compared to the radio frequency link; when used as a wireless communication system, the data transmission rate of the system can almost reach the data transmission rate of a wired end-to-end optical fiber link. The IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network may also significantly reduce radio frequency electromagnetic pollution in closed or semi-closed, fixed or mobile environments caused by local area network radio frequency communication networks and terminals or other connected devices communicating by radio frequency in the prior art.
6.2.1 architecture of IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network with SICOMSF System
It is reminded here that the interconnection network IRECH-RF-OP is formed by the interconnection of the cellular network RTMOB-RF, the local area network OPFIBRE-LAN and the BACKUP radio frequency local area network BACKUP-RF-LAN.
The RTMOB-RF cellular network is preferably a prior art cellular mobile phone network such as a 2G, 3G, 4G, 5G network or future developments thereof or the like.
The OPFIBRE-LAN local area network is preferably 10 gigabit per second Ethernet or 40 gigabit per second Ethernet or 100 gigabit per second Ethernet or 200 gigabit per second Ethernet or 400 gigabit per second Ethernet.
The BACKUP-RF-LAN local area network is mainly used for: -a) time base synchronization of the time base of the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network with the time base of the SPAD selection device of the mobile terminal and other electronic devices with the APDLO adaptive photon or optoelectronic antenna array by radio frequency for automatically adapting the location of these mobile terminals or electronic devices and their users; -b) compensating any untimely obstruction of optical radiation linking said mobile terminal or one of said other electronic devices with the OPFIBRE-LAN by radio frequency.
For example, the BACKUP-RF-LAN may be based on prior art local communication standards or future developments thereof, such as IEEE802.11 of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 
Standards, currently operating in the 2.4, 3.6 and 5GHz bands, or for example of the Bluetooth Special interest group (Bluetooth SIG)
The standard, currently operating in the 2.4GHz band, and future developments of both standards.
OPFIBRE-LAN and BACKUP-RF-LAN local area networks must be deployed in the same environment; this environment (if stationary) must preferably be located within the coverage of the RTMOB-RF network; if it is mobile, its course must preferably be within the coverage area.
Those skilled in the art of electronic communication networks may determine and implement the size of the IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network.
The SICOSF system is intended to be deployed in the context of its associated OPFIBRE-LAN local area network, and in an area that does not impede the propagation of optical radiation having the appropriate wavelength; this area is called "SICOSF optical coverage area", abbreviated ZCO-SICOSF, and also constitutes said optical coverage area of said OPFIBRE-LAN local area network. The SICOMOSF system is in wireless communication with the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network through parallel light beams (FROP) on one hand, and is in communication with the mobile terminal and other electronic equipment with APDLO adaptive photon or photoelectric antenna arrays on the other hand; these terminals and electronic devices are located within the ZCO-SICOSF region by photonic pseudolites (fig. 42-47, 50-55, 58-63, 71-76, 79-84, 87-92, 96-101, 104-109, 112-117).
Depending on their location in the SICOSF system, the pseudolites are grouped in two or four (fig. 50-55, 58-63, 79-84, 87-92, 104-109, 112-117) for space saving and optimal installation.
An ADAPT-COMFROP adapter (fig. 127-132) for communication between an OPFIBRE-LAN local area network and a SICOSF system is used for connection to the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network via an ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network over a fiber optic cable on the one hand and to the SICOSF system over an ADAPT beam (145ADAPT-152ADAPT, 214ADAPT-220 ADAPT).
Depending on its location in the SICOSF system, the ADAPT-compact adapter can be combined with one or more photonic pseudolites (fig. 133-144) in order to save space and optimize installation. The combination of adapter and photonic pseudolite is connected on the one hand to the OPFIBRE-LAN through the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN by means of a fiber optic cable and on the other hand to the OPFIBRE-LAN system by means of a FROP beam (157ADAPT-B11-161ADAPT-B11, 163ADAPT-B11, 165ADAPT-B11, 221ADAPT-B11-227 ADAPT-B11); the same is true of the combination of the adapter with groupings of two photonic pseudolites (168ADAPT-B11A21-172ADAPT-B11A21, 174ADAPT-B11A21, 177ADAPT-B11A21, 182ADAPT-B11A21-190ADAPT-B11A21, 192ADAPT-B11A21, 200ADAPT-B11A21-205ADAPT-B11A21, 207ADAPT-B11A21, 228ADAPT-B11A21-243ADAPT-B11A 21).
A photonic pseudolite (fig. 42-47, 71-76, 96-101) can be defined as a device that operates without a power source and without electrical or optical connection cables and has a chassis (fig. 34-39) that houses components that make it perform mainly the following:
-collecting (34 CONROi): collecting by condensation, in the form of a collimated optical radiation source, the incident optical radiation emitted by a source located in a delimited area of a space connected to and oriented appropriately to said photonic pseudolite, and then converting (34CONSOP) said collimated optical radiation source into a FROP beam; and
-diffusion (35 diffrioi): diffusing the optical radiation it receives in the form of a FROP beam in a manner to cover the delineated region after converting (35CONFROP) the optical radiation into a collimated optical radiation source; where appropriate, further comprising
-diffusion: one or more of the FROP beams passing therethrough is appropriately deflected by an angle having a predetermined value (36DEVIFROP4, 36DEVIFROP3, 37DEVIFROP2, 38DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP2, 39DEVIFROP3, 39DEVIFROP 4).
The delimited region of space bounded by the photonic pseudolite is referred to as the "pseudolite optical coverage region," ZCO-PSAT for short.
The number of photonic components integrated in a pseudolite depends on its position in the SICOSF system (figure 119, figure 120, figure 125, figure 126). The CHASSIS of the photonic pseudolite is referred to as "PSAT-CHASSIS" and is composed of three main components, "PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME", "PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE" and "PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE" (FIG. 42, FIG. 44, FIG. 46, FIG. 71, FIG. 73, FIG. 75, FIG. 96, FIG. 98, FIG. 100). Because of the precision instruments, the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part of the photonic pseudolite (FIG. 118) is inscribed with an orthogonal coordinate system called "binding System R-O-OX-OY-OZ", centered at point O, with the three axes OX, OY, OZ respectively.
The partial shape of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIGS. 40-42, 69-71, 94-96) resembles a quarter of a hollow hemisphere with center Od and radius Rd. The quarter hollow hemisphere part of the unit is mainly equipped with the following components:
a grouping of N imaging or non-imaging optical radiation concentrators (fig. 31, 34, 40, 41, 66, 67, 93-95), each of which is referred to as "CONRO", where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, so that optical radiation sources having appropriate wavelengths and located at different positions in the ZCO-PSAT region within the ZCO-SICOSF region can be converted into a grouping of N collimated optical radiation sources. The orientation of these concentrators is such that their symmetry axes practically coincide at the Od point (fig. 69-70); thus, the ZCO-PSAT region is substantially contained within a cone centered at the Od point, the directrix of which is the curve defined by the profile of the quarter-hemispherical surface of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part; in other words, this corresponds to a portion of the cone, the point of which is located at a distance from the center of Od, between Rd and a predetermined maximum distance, called Dmax; it is to be noted here that the sphericity value of the solid angle defined by such a cone is equal to pi/2.
A grouping of N standard or holographic optical radiation diffusers, each referred to as DIFFRO, which can expand (fig. 32, 33, 66, 67, 93-95) the emission surface of the grouping of N collimated optical radiation sources by significantly increasing the size of the collimated optical radiation sources and scattering them to the ZCO-PSAT area. The orientation of these diffusers (fig. 69-70) is such that their symmetry axes actually coincide at the Od point; so that it delimits the same area as the condenser.
A protective COVER for the CONRO condenser and DIFFRO diffuser of PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME (44PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-COVER, 71PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 96PSAT-LSI-CDC-CHASSIS-DOME-COVER), transparent to light radiation of the appropriate wavelength.
The PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component (FIGS. 42-47, 71-76, 96-100, 119, 120) includes several beam conduits (referred to as CFOs) distributed in one or more stages at a ratio of four CFO conduits per stage. When it is desired to decouple several sectors of a photonic pseudolite so that they can be controlled independently of one another, then four additional conduits are provided for each sector, and so on; in this case, the sectors are considered to be independent photonic pseudolites, but are referred to as "photonic sub-pseudolites". CFO ducts belonging to the same level are characterized by the same plane of symmetry, called level, abbreviated "PNIV". The different PNIV planes belonging to the photonic pseudolite are parallel equidistant; PNIV1, PNIV2, etc. (43PINV1, 45PNIV1, 45PNIV2, 47PNIV1-47PNIV4, 72PINV1, 74PNIV1, 74PNIV2, 76PNIV1-76PNIV4, 97PINV1, 99PNIV1, 99PNIV2, 101PNIV1-101PNIV4) are numbered if there are at least two levels. The CFO catheters belonging to the same photonic pseudolite with a PNIV plane number equal to an integer k are called PNIVk-CFO1, PNIVk-CFO2, PNIVk-CFO3 and PNIVk-CFO 4; for example, PNIV-CFO of PNIV plane, PNIV-CFO, and the like (42 PNIV-CFO-42 PNIV-CFO, 44 PNIV-CFO-44 PNIV-CFO, 46 PNIV-CFO-46 PNIV-CFO, 71 PNIV-CFO-71 PNIV-CFO, 73 PNIV-CFO-73 PNIV-CFO, 75 PNIV-CFO-75 PNIV-CFO, 96 PNIV-CFO-96 PNIV-CFO, 98 NIV-CFO-98 PNIV-CFO, 100 PNIV-CFO-100 PNIV-CFO). In the case of a photonic pseudolite having only one level, the four CFO conduits are referred to as PNIV-CFO1, PNIV-CFO2, PNIV-CFO3, PNIV-CFO4, and if not confused, CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO 4. The inner surface of the CFO duct can be described as belonging to the union of two portions of two cylindrical surfaces whose generatrices D1 and D2 are perpendicular and whose directrices are two rectangles or two squares or two circles of the same size.
The PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component is mainly used for loading the following components (FIG. 119, FIG. 120):
a) the converter of the point source of optical radiation, called "constop", allows to convert (fig. 33, 34, 119 constop, 120 constop) the quasi-point source of optical radiation into an outgoing FROP beam. The CONSOP converter is a central optical system and is connected to the above-mentioned N optical radiation condenser groups through an optical coupler (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) which is abbreviated as CONSOP-CPLR, the input number of which is equal to N and the output number of which is equal to 1; in the field of photonics, such couplers are commonly referred to as "combiners". The CONSOP transducer is placed in the CFO catheter belonging to the PNIVk plane.
b) The FROP beam light converter, referred to as "CONFROP", allows the incident FROP beam to be converted (fig. 33, 35, 119CONFROP, 120CONFROP) into a quasi-point light radiation source. The CONSTROP converter is identical to the CONSTROP converter, except for its different functions, and it is connected to said group of N diffusers by means of an optical coupler (35 optical-splitter, simply CONSTROP-CPLR), the number of inputs of which is equal to 1 and the number of outputs of which is equal to N; in the field of photonics, such couplers are commonly referred to as "splitters". The CONSTROP converter is located in the CFO duct belonging to the PNIVk plane, as is the CONSOP converter.
c) Depending on the position of the photonic pseudolite in the SICOSF system, some CFO conduits have a FROP beam deflector, called devifop, which is a reflective system for deflecting any incoming FROP beam at an angle of 90 ° (fig. 36-fig. 39, 36 devifop 4, 36 devifop 3, 37 devifop 2, 38 devifop 1, 39 devifop 1, 39 devifop 2, 39 devifop 3, 39 devifop 1, 119 devifop 3, 119 devifop 4).
d) The two protective covers of the CFO duct are transparent to optical radiation of the appropriate wavelength.
The PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component (FIG. 42, FIG. 44, FIG. 46, FIG. 71, FIG. 73, FIG. 75, FIG. 96, FIG. 98, FIG. 100, FIG. 121, FIG. 122) is assembled by screwing on the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component and by gluing on the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component, which comprises the following main elements:
1. a fiber spool (called a PSAT-DRUM) and a CRADLE (called a PSAT-CRADLE) mounted within the PSAT-DRUM. The PSAT-CRADLE is used to house optical couplers CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-SPLITTER). The PSAT-DRUM (121INTERFACE-DRUM) is used to wind the optical fibers (34N-CONRO-FROP, 35 FROP-N-DIFFFRO) belonging to the optical coupler and then connected to the CONSOP converter (34CONSOP) and the grouping of N CONRO condensers, respectively, on the one hand, and to the CONFROP converter (35CONFROP) and the grouping of N standard or holographic diffusers, on the other hand. The diameter of the PSAT-DRUM must be such that the winding of the fiber complies with the technical constraints associated with the fiber, i.e. the minimum radius of curvature below which a severe degradation of performance can result.
2. Two locking/unlocking devices, controlled by the latch of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component (FIG. 121). Each of these devices (121INTERFACE-LATCH1, 121INTERFACE-LATCH2) is engaged by pressure and disengaged by friction.
In order to optimize the construction of the SICOMSF system, the photonic pseudolites originally installed side by side in the form of two, three or four optical units may be replaced by two, three or four equivalent photonic pseudolites, respectively, called DUO-PSAT, TRIO-PSAT and QUATUOR-PSAT or QUAT-PSAT, respectively. These groupings, in terms of two (fig. 51, 53, 55, 80, 82, 84, 105, 107, 109), three and four (fig. 59, 61, 63, 88, 90, 92, 113, 115, 117), allow to reduce the size of the assembly and to share elements such as reels of optical fiber and brackets of fiber couplers CONSOP-CPLR and CONSOP-; in practice, only one drum and one carriage are used, instead of two, three or four. The photonic DUO-PSAT, TRIO-PSAT and QUAT-PSAT are obtained by modifying the corresponding parts of the chassis constituting the photonic pseudolite; after the improvement, for photon DUO-PSAT, each part of the case is called DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE; for the photons TRIO-PSAT, referred to as TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE and TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE; for the photons QUAT-PSAT, the names QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE and QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE are given.
The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component (FIGS. 48-50, 77-79, 102-104) has a portion shaped like a half hollow hemisphere with center Od and radius Rd, comprising 2 XN concentrators CONRO and 2 XN light diffusers DIFFFRO. The TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME element has a three-quarter portion shaped like a hollow hemisphere with center Od and radius Rd, comprising 3 × N concentrators CONRO, 3 × N light diffusers DIFFRO. The QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIGS. 56-58, 85-87, 110-112) has a portion shaped like a hollow hemisphere with center Od and radius Rd, comprising 4 XN concentrators CONRO and 4 XN light diffusers DIFFRO. It is to be reminded here that N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, which represents the number of concentrators CONRO and the number of light diffusers DIFFRO belonging to the photonic pseudolite. The binding orthogonal coordinate system of each set of DUO-PSAT, TRIO-PSAT and QUAT-PSAT is the one that constitutes its photon PSAT, i.e., the binding coordinate system R-O-OX-OY-OZ (FIG. 118).
The collection of interdependent photonic pseudolites (figures 145-243) that are part of a SICOSF system is referred to herein as a "photonic pseudolite array. Furthermore, an array of photonic pseudolites with parallel or orthogonal path axes of the FROP beam is referred to as a "standard photonic pseudolite array"; in this case, the number of CFO ducts per PNIV plane is generally equal to 4. The path of the FROP beam from its origin to its arrival point is called the "photon path". The set of photon paths belonging to an array of photon pseudolites is referred to as a "photon path network".
An ADAPT-COMFROP adapter (fig. 127-132) communicating by FROP light beams may be defined as a device that operates without power and electrical connection cables, but is connected by FIBER optic cables (127OPTICAL-FIBER-HOLE, 128OPTICAL-FIBER-HOLE, 130OPTICAL-FIBER-HOLE, 132OPTICAL-FIBER-HOLE), and has a chassis loaded with components that cause it to perform essentially the following operations:
-collecting all the FROP beams (14641A11,14641D11,14641B11,14641C11,14741A11,14741D11,14741B11,14741C11,14841A11,14841D11,14841B11,14841C11,14941A11,14941D11,14941B11,14941C11,15041A11,15041D11,15041B11,15041C11,15141A11,15141D11,15141B11,15141C11,15241A11,15241D11,15241B11,15241C11) generated by the photonic pseudolite (145A11,145B11,145C11,145D11,146A11,146B11,146C11,146D11,147A11,147B11,147C11,147D11,148A11,148B11,148C11,148D11,149A11,149B11,149C11,149D11,150A11,150B11,150C11,150D11,151A11,151B11,151C11,151D11,152A11,152B11,152C11,152D11) belonging to the SICOSF system (figures 145-156) to convert them into as many collimated optical radiation sources as the photonic pseudolite; then sending each of said collimated spot optical radiation sources to an OPFIBRE-LAN network through a dedicated optical fibre;
-sending to each photonic pseudolite (145A11,145B11,145C11,145D11,146A11,146B11,146C11,146D11,147A11,147B11,147C11,147D11,148A11,148B11,148C11,148D11,149A11,149B11,149C11,149D11,150A11,150B11,150C11,150D11,151A11,151B11,151C11,151D11,152A11,152B11,152C11,152D11) belonging to the SICOSF system (figures 145-156) dedicated FROP beams (14642A11,14642D11,14642B11,14642C11,14742A11,14742D11,14742B11,14742C11,14842A11,14842D11,14842B11,14842C11,14942A11,14942D11,14942B11,14942C11,15042A11,15042D11,15042B11,15042C11,15142A11,15142D11,15142B11,15142C11,15242A11,15242D11,15242B11,15242C11) obtained by converting dedicated collimated optical radiation sources of dedicated fiber routing from the ICFO fiber interface belonging to the OPFIBRE-LAN network.
Note that: by convention, the FROP beam emitted by the photonic pseudolite PSAT-Xij or X is denoted by 41Xij or 41X; the FROP beam of the photonic pseudolite PSAT-Xij or X is denoted by 42Xij or 42X; the representation of photonic pseudolites belonging to the SICOSF system is described in detail in the paragraphs directed to the implementation of standard photonic pseudolite arrays.
The CHASSIS of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter is referred to as "ADAPT-CHASSIS", which is composed of three major components (FIG. 127, FIG. 129, FIG. 131), referred to as "ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE" (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE, 131DAPT-CHASSIS-BASE), ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, 131DAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE) and ADAPT-CHASSIS-PROTESSIS COVER (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 128ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 130 ADAPT-COVER, 131DAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 132 ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER. Because of the precision equipment, the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter has an orthogonal coordinate system, called the "binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ", inscribed on its ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part, with the center being the point O and the three axes being OX, OY, OZ.
The ADAPT-sessions-BASE component contains one or more through-HOLEs for fiber optic cables that are used to connect the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter to the optical fiber-LAN through the fiber optic cable's ICFO optical interface (128 optical-HOLE, 130 optical-HOLE, 132 optical-HOLE); like the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component of the photonic pseudolite CHASSIS, it also includes several CFO tubes, distributed in one or more stages at a rate of four CFO tubes per PNIV level (127PNIV1, 128PNIV1, 129PNIV2, 131PNIV 4); different levels belonging to the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter are parallel and equidistant; the PNIV plane and CFO catheter are numbered in the same manner as the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE components (127PNIV1-CFO1, 127PNIV1-CFO2, 127PNIV1-CFO3, 127PNIV1-CFO4, 129PNIV2-CFO1, 129PNIV2-CFO2, 129PNIV2-CFO3, 129PNIV2-CFO4, 131PNIV4-CFO1, 131PNIV4-CFO2, 131PNIV4-CFO3, 131PNIV4-CFO 4). The number of PNIV planes of an ADAPT-compop adapter to be installed into a given SICOSF system is at least equal to the number of PNIV planes of a photonic pseudolite belonging to said SICOSF system, since all photonic pseudolites of the SICOSF system preferably have the same number of PNIV planes. Unlike photonic pseudolites, the CFO conduits of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter are dedicated to be loaded by the optical converters CONSOP and CONSOP (fig. 33) for exchanging optical signals between the opfiber-LAN local area network and the SICOSF system via the FROP optical beams. The inner surface of each CFO duct can be described as a portion of a cylindrical surface, the directrix of which is rectangular, square or circular. The ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part is mainly provided with the following components:
a) Several CONSOP optical converters (128CONSOP, 130CONSOP, 132CONSOP) are distributed at a rate of one converter per photonic pseudolite belonging to the SICOMOSF system.
b) Several CONFROP optical converters (128CONFROP, 130CONFROP, 132CONFROP) are distributed at a ratio of one converter per photonic pseudolite belonging to the SICOSF system.
c) The protective cover of the CFO duct is transparent to optical radiation having a suitable wavelength.
The ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE) is similar to the photon DUO-PSAT (123DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE) and is attached by a threaded connection to the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE component; it comprises the following main elements:
1. a reel of optical fibre (123INTERFACE-DRUM), called "ADAPT-DRUM", optionally with a holder, called "ADAPT-CRADLE", mounted in said reel. ADAPT-DRUM is used to spool the fiber, allowing CONSOP and CONFROP optical converters to be connected to the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN. The diameter of the ADAPT-DRUM must be such that the winding of the fiber conforms to any fiber-inherent technical constraints.
Four LATCH-passing lock/unlock devices (123INTERFACE-LATCH1, 123INTERFACE-LATCH2, 123INTERFACE-LATCH3, 123INTERFACE-LATCH4) of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-PROTECCTIVECOVER portion. The latch of each of the locking/unlocking devices is engaged by pressure and disengaged by friction.
The ADAPT-CHASSIS-PROTECTIVECOVER component (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 128ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 130ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 132ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER) is a protective COVER for protecting the upper portion of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter; it may be opaque. The protective cover is attached to the ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component by means of four locking/unlocking devices.
To optimize the structure of the SICOSF system, the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter can be integrated directly into one or more modified photonic pseudolites to form a single combined device; the modifications made allow the photonic pseudolite of the combined device to communicate with the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network through optical fibers without the use of a FROP beam. If it is a combination of one, two, three, four modified photonic pseudolites (FIGS. 133-144), the resulting combination devices are referred to as COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT, COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT, COMBINED-ADAPT-TRIO-PSAT, COMBINED-ADAPT-QUAT-PSAT, respectively.
The standard photon pseudolite array is divided into two types, one is a basic standard array of the photon pseudolite and is called RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC for short, and the other is a combined standard array of the photon pseudolite and is called RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC for short.
The RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array is realized by the following steps: the basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array of PHOTONIC pseudolites (fig. 145-167) is intended to cover a cuboid-shaped spatial area with a length equal to a, a width equal to b, and a height equal to h, called "packaged light unit", abbreviated as "envoopcell" or "Cell", defined at the bottom by a rectangle ABCD with a length equal to a and a width equal to b, where a and b are integers less than 6.25 meters, and h is an integer between 2.50 and 2.80 meters. Furthermore, it is advantageous to choose a equal to b; for example, by choosing a and b equal to 5.50 meters, the "S" value of the surface covered on the ground is equal to 30.25 square meters. The numbers a, b, h are the three characteristic constants of the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array. The relatively precise positioning of the photonic pseudolites with respect to each other is of great importance and it is advantageous to define an orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 (fig. 145, 146, 157, 158, 214-216) bound to the envoopcell, whose center is point O1 and three axes are O1X1, O1Y1, O1Z 1. Selecting the coordinate system in such a way that its origin O1 coincides with the angle a of the rectangle ABCD and the axes O1X1 and O1Y1 are parallel to the sides AB and AD, respectively; the O1Z1 axis is a line orthogonal to the rectangular ABCD plane and passing through point A, and its forward direction is along the bottom-to-top direction of the ENVOPCell cell. The RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array has two main variants, called "RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TYPE I" and "RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TYPE II", respectively.
The RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TYPE I variant (FIG. 145-FIG. 156, FIG. 214-FIG. 220) is optimized for connection to OPFIBRE-LAN via an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter; it includes four photonic pseudolites, referred to as "PSAT-A", "PSAT-B", "PSAT-C" and "PSAT-D", respectively. If not confused, they may be referred to individually as A, B, C, D. The position of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter in the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TYPEI standard array can be realized (or realized in other ways): in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, on the one hand, the coordinates of the origin O of its binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ are equal to (a/2,0, h), on the other hand, the OX axis and OZ are parallel to the O1Y1 axis and the O1Z1 axis, respectively, but in opposite directions; and the OY axis is parallel to the O1Y1 axis and is oriented in the same direction.
The RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type II variant (FIG. 157-FIG. 167, FIG. 221-FIG. 227) was optimized for connection to OPFIBRE-LAN via the COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter; it differs from TYPEI in that one of the photonic pseudolites is replaced by the above-described combiend-ADAPT-PSAT adapter, which, as described in the previous paragraph, is a combination of an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter and a modified photonic pseudolite. All devices of the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array have CFO catheters mounted on a single PNIV stage.
The main properties of the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I and RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type II variants are as follows:
a) RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TYPEI Standard array (FIG. 145-FIG. 156, FIG. 214-FIG. 220): the composition and deployment of the four photonic pseudolites PSAT-A, PSAT-B, PSAT-C and PSAT-D is as follows:
a.1) composition and deployment coordinates of the PSAT-A photonic pseudolite (FIG. 125, FIG. 153, 153A 11): the CONSOP light converter is mounted in the CFO3 catheter such that the FROP beam (15341A11) generated by the conversion of the collimated optical radiation source is parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ (FIG. 118). The CONFROP light converter is mounted in the CFO4 catheter so that an incident FROP light beam (15342a11) parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ can be converted into a quasi-point optical radiation source. Two deviforop deflectors are installed in the CFO1 and CFO2 catheters; deviforop (15371D11) in CFO1 catheter is used to deflect any incident FROP beam incident parallel to the OX axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ by an angle of 90 ° so that it is parallel to the OY axis; deviforop (15372D11) in a CFO2 catheter is used to deflect any incoming FROP beam incident parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ by 90 ° so that it is parallel to the OX axis. The PCE-A PHOTONIC pseudolite (153A11) is positioned in the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array such that in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, on the one hand, the origin O of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ has coordinates (0,0, h), and on the other hand, the OX and OY axes are parallel to the O1Y1 and O1X1 axes, respectively, and the directions are the same; while the OZ axis is parallel to the O1Z1 axis, but in the opposite direction, i.e., toward the ground.
A.2) composition and deployment coordinates of the PSAT-B photonic pseudolite (fig. 125, 154B 11): the composition and coordinates of the PSAT-B photon pseudolite are such that in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 it is symmetrical to the PSAT-A photon pseudolite with respect to a plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at a point whose abscissa is equal to a/2.
A.3) the composition and deployment coordinates of the PSAT-C photonic pseudolite (FIG. 126, FIG. 155C 11): it does not contain a deviforop deflector. The CONSOP light converter is mounted in the CFO1 catheter such that the FROP beam (15541C11) generated by the conversion of the collimated optical radiation source is parallel to the OX axis of its binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ (FIG. 118). The CONFROP light converter is mounted in the CFO2 catheter so that it can convert an incident FROP light beam (15542C11) parallel to the OX axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ into a quasi-point optical radiation source. The PSAT-C photon pseudolite (155C11) in the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC classical array is positioned such that, with respect to the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, the origin O of its binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ has coordinates equal to (a, b, h) on the one hand, and the OX, OY and OZ axes are parallel to the O1Y1, O1X1 and O1Z1 axes, respectively, but in opposite directions, on the other hand.
A.4) the composition and deployment coordinates of the PSAT-D photonic pseudolite (FIG. 126, FIG. 156, 156D 11): the composition and coordinates of the PSAT-D photon pseudolite (156D11) are such that in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 it is symmetrical to the PSAT-C photon pseudolite with respect to a plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at a point on the abscissa equal to a/2.
b) RCE-PSAT-photosonic-itYPEI standard array (FIG. 157-FIG. 167, FIG. 221-FIG. 227): this standard array differs from the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TypeI standard array in that the PSAT-B PHOTONIC pseudolite is replaced by a combination of an adapter and a PHOTONIC pseudolite, COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT combination, referred to as "COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B" (by reference to the PSAT-B that it replaces). The installation coordinates of the compounded-ADAPT-PSAT-B are the same as the coordinates of the PSAT-B PHOTONIC pseudolite belonging to the standard array RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-type I. The composite-ADAPT-PSAT-B combo adapters (158ADAPT-B11, 159ADAPT-B11, 160ADAPT-B11, 161ADAPT-B11, 163ADAPT-B11, 165ADAPT-B11) do not naturally include any deviforp deflectors with the following distribution of light converters:
b.1) two CONFROP light converters (16562D11, 16562C11) are mounted in the CFO1 catheter so that it can convert two incident FROP light beams (16541D11, 16541C11) into two quasi-point optical radiation sources, one parallel to the OX axis and the other parallel to the OY axis of its binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ.
B.2) two CONSOP light converters (16561D11, 16561C11) are mounted in the CFO2 duct such that the two FROP light beams (16542D11, 16542C11) emerging from the conversion of the two collimated light radiation sources are parallel one to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of their binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ.
B.3) a CONFROP light converter (16562a11) is mounted in the CFO3 catheter so that it can convert an incident FROP light beam (16541a11) parallel to the OX axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ into a collimated spot light radiation source.
-b.4) a CONSOP light converter (16561A11) is mounted in the CFO4 catheter such that the resulting FROP light beam (16542A11) converted from the collimated optical radiation source is parallel to the OX axis of its binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ.
Implementation of the RCC-PSAT-photosonic standard array (fig. 168-fig. 212, fig. 228-fig. 243): the formed RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array is used for covering a region with larger space, the region has a cuboid shape, the length of the region is equal to m times of the length a of the basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array, and the width of the region is equal to n times of the width b; the height remains constant, i.e. equal to h, an integer between 2.50 and 2.80 meters; m and n are integers different from zero; furthermore, it is advantageous to choose a equal to b; the formed RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array is a generalization of the basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array, corresponding to the case where m ═ n ═ 1.
The constituent RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array is a juxtaposition of M N ENVOPCell cells, as described above in the section on the basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array; this set of Cell forms a matrix of encapsulated light cells, termed "M-envolpcell" or "M-Cell", having M columns and n rows, the elements of which are termed "envolpcellij" or "Cellij"; cellij is a cell located in the ith column and jth row. The parameters i and j are independent and each parameter is greater than or equal to 1; given an a-b-5.50 meter example, m equals 1, n equals 2, resulting in a footprint S equal to 60.50 square meters; for example, if m equals 2 and n equals 2, the resulting footprint S equals 121 square meters; for example, if m equals 2 and n equals 4, the resulting footprint S equals 242 square meters. The orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 bound to the bound M-ENVOPCell matrix is defined in the same manner as the basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array. Each ENVOPCell-ij (i is an integer between 1 and M and j is an integer between 1 and N) consists of four photon pseudolites, called PSAT-A-Celij, PSAT-B-Celij, PSAT-C-Celij, PSAT-D-Celij, or, if not confused, PSAT-Aij, PSAT-Bij, PSAT-Cij, PSAT-Dij. When the photonic pseudolites PSAT-Xpq, PSAT-Yrs, PSAT-Ztu, PSAT-Tvw are grouped into two, three or four, they are referred to as DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs, TRIO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs-Ztu and QUAT-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs-Ztu-Tvw, respectively; x, Y, Z, T are different letters belonging to the set A, B, C, D; p, r, t, v are integers between 1 and M; q, s, u, w are integers between 1 and N. Unlike the PHOTONIC pseudolites of the basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array, the CFO catheters belonging to the constituent RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array are distributed in one or more PNIV planes. The formed RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array is divided into several types according to the number of PNIV planes of the photon pseudolite; those arrays of PHOTONIC pseudolites having one, two, three, four, etc. PNIV planes are referred to as RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-OneLevel, RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevel, RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-ThreeLevel, RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevel, etc., respectively. There are three main variants in each of these categories, which are optimized for connection to the OPFIBRE-LAN via ADAPT-COMFROP, COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT, COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapters. Variants of the RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC standard array implemented hereinafter are the RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-OneLevel, RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevel and RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevel classes; these variants are as follows:
1. The RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-OneLevel-TypeI standard array is realized by the following steps: this variant was optimized for the ADAPT-COMPROP adapter. This is a special case, with only one entospell cell, i.e. the case of m-n-1, which makes it only a basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-type standard array, such as the one previously implemented (fig. 145-156, 214-220).
2. Implementation of the constituent RCC-PSAT-photosonic-OneLevel-type ii standard array (fig. 168-fig. 181): this variant was optimized for the COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter. This is a special case where there is only one entospell cell, i.e., m-n-1, which makes it only a basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-type ii standard array, such as the one previously implemented (fig. 157-fig. 167, fig. 221-fig. 227).
3. Implementation of the constituent RCC-PSAT-photosonic-OneLevel-type standard array (fig. 168-fig. 181, fig. 228-fig. 234): this variant was optimized for the COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter. The standard array is formed by adding its symmetry to a plane orthogonal to the axis O1X1 at a point in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 where the abscissa is equal to a, on a combined RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-OneLevel-type ii standard array (fig. 157-167, 221-227). This symmetry is achieved with some simplification from the grouping of two photonic pseudolites. Thus, the constituent RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-OneLevel-TypeIIE standard array comprises two cells ENVOPCell11 and ENVOPCell21 forming a matrix M-ENVOPCell with a number of columns equal to 2 and a number of rows equal to 1, and the ENVOPCell21 cell is a symmetrical cell of the ENVOPCell11 cell, identical to the single ENVOPCell cell belonging to the basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TypeII standard array. Thus, typically the four photon pseudolites belonging to the ENVOPCell-11 unit are PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11, while the photon pseudolites of the ENVOPCell-21 unit are PSAT-A21, PSAT-B21, PSAT-C21, PSAT-D21. However, since it is a combinatorial standard array of type IIE, the two combinatorial adapters COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11 and its symmetric adapter (called COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-A21) are replaced by a COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter with two equivalent modified pseudolites; this COMBINED adapter is referred to as COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT-B11-A21 by reference to the two pseudolites PSAT-B11 and PSAT-A21 that it replaces. Furthermore, due to their particular location in the SICOMSF system, the pseudolites PSAT-C11 and PSAT-D21 are suitable for forming DUO-PSAT-C11-D21 packets; in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs, this case corresponds to the case where X is equal to C; y is equal to D; p, r equal 1 and 2, respectively; q, s are both equal to 1. The composition and position coordinates of the six photon pseudolites PSAT-A11, PSAT-D11, PSAT-B21, PSAT-C21, DUO-PSAT-C11-D21 are as follows:
-3.a) photonic pseudolites PSAT-A11 and PSAT-D11: the two photon pseudolites PSAT-A1.1(173A11) and PSAT-D1.1(173D11) are identical to the two photon pseudolites PSAT-A (161A11, 162A11) and PSAT-D (161D11, 162D11), respectively, belonging to the basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TypeII standard array (FIGS. 157-167), and they have the same position coordinates.
-3.B) photonic pseudolites PSAT-B21 and PSAT-C21: the compositional and positional coordinates of the photon pseudolite PSAT-B21(169B21, 170B21, 171B21, 175B21) and PSAT-C21(169C21, 170C21, 171C21, 175C21) are implemented such that they are symmetric to the planes of the photon pseudolite PSAT-A11 and PSAT-D11, respectively, orthogonal to the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, with respect to a point whose abscissa is equal to α.
-3.C) a grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C11-D21: the composition and position coordinates of the PSAT-C11 portion (171C11D21, 172C11D21, 174C11D21) of the DUO-PSAT-C11-D21 packet are the same as the composition and position coordinates of the PSAT-C PHOTONIC pseudolites (157C11, 159C11, 160C11, 161C11, 163C11, 166C11) of the basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TypeII standard array (FIG. 157-FIG. 167). The composition of the PSAT-D21 portion corresponding to the DUO-PSAT-C11-D21 grouping is such that the PSAT-D21 portion is symmetrical with the PSAT-C11 portion with respect to a plane orthogonal to the OX axis at point O of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ of the grouping DUO-PSAT-C11-D21.
4. The RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-TypeI standard array is realized by the following steps: this variant is optimized for the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter, consisting of two cells envolpcell 11 and envolpcell 12 forming an M-envolpcell matrix, the number of columns being equal to 1 and the number of rows being equal to 2; thus, the four-photon pseudolites for the ENVOPCell11 unit are typically PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11, while the four-photon pseudolites for the envcell-12 unit are PSAT-A12, PSAT-B12, PSAT-C12, PSAT-D12. However, due to their location in SICOMSF systems, the photonic pseudolites PSAT-C11 and PSAT-B12 are suitable for forming DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 DUO; which in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs corresponds to the case where X is equal to C; y is equal to B; p, r equal 1 and 1, respectively; q, s are equal to 1 and 1, respectively. The pseudophotonic satellites PSAT-D11 and PSAT-A12 are suitable for forming DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 DUO; which in the generic name PSAT-Xpq-Yrs corresponds to the case where X equals D; y is equal to A; p, r equal 1 and 1, respectively; q, s are equal to 1 and 2, respectively. The composition and position coordinates of the eight photon pseudolites PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C12, PSAT-D12, DUO-PSAT-C11-B12, DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 are as follows:
-4.a) photonic pseudolite PSAT-A11: the optical converters CONSOP, CONSTROP and DEVIFROP deflectors of the PNIV1 level planar CFO catheters (i.e., PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4) of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-A11 are composed of the same as the CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4 catheters of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-A of the basic RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TYPEI standard array, respectively, and have the same position coordinates. Each CFO duct of the PNIV2 plane contains a deviforop deflector.
-4.B) photonic pseudolite PSAT-B11: the composition and location coordinates of the photon pseudolite PSAT-B11 are such that it is symmetrical with the photon pseudolite PSAT-A11 with respect to a plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at a point where the abscissa of the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 is equal to a/2.
-4.C) photonic pseudolite PSAT-C12: all CFO ducts of the PNIV1 plane of the photonic pseudolite PSAT-C12 are empty; the two CFO catheters of the PNIV2 plane, PNIV2-CFO1 and PNIV2-CFO2, were also empty; mounting a CONSOP light converter in the PNIV2-CFO3 catheter such that the FROP beam converted from the collimated light radiation source is parallel to the OX axis of its binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; a CONFROP light converter was mounted in the PNIV2-CFO4 catheter so that an incident FROP beam parallel to the OX axis could be converted to a collimated optical radiation source. The positions of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-C12 in the constituent RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevel-TYPEI standard arrays are such that, with respect to the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, the origin O of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ has coordinates equal to (a, 2b, h) on the one hand, and the OX, OY and OZ axes are parallel to the O1Y1, O1X1 and O1Z1 axes, respectively, but in opposite directions, on the other hand.
-4.D) photonic pseudolite PSAT-D12: the composition and location coordinates of the photon pseudolite PSAT-D12 are such that it is symmetrical with the photon pseudolite PSAT-C12 with respect to a plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at a point in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 whose abscissa is equal to a/2.
4.e) grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12: the compositions of the PNIV1 level CFO conduits (i.e., PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4) corresponding to the portion of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-C11 in the optical converters CONSOP and CONSTROPO are the same as the CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4 conduits of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-C of the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TYPEI standard array, respectively. The compositions of the PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4 catheters corresponding to the PNIV2 level of the portion of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-B12 in the light converter CONSOP and CONSTROP are the same as the compositions of the CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4 catheters of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-B of the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TYPEI standard array, respectively; however, although it is placed above the PSAT-C11 section, these light converters belong to the section corresponding to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-B12; the CFO tube corresponding to the PNIV2 level of the portion of the photonic pseudolite PSAT-B12 is completely empty; two PHOTONIC pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 have the same position coordinates as the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-C of the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TYPEI standard array.
4.f) grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-D11-A12: the composition and position coordinates of the grouping of two photon pseudolites DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 are such that it is symmetrical with the grouping of two photon pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 with respect to a plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at a point on the abscissa equal to a/2 in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z 1.
5. The RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-TypeII standard array is realized by the following steps: this is a variant optimized for the COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter. The array is composed of two cells ENVOPCell11 and ENVOPCell12, forming an M-ENVOPCell matrix, the number of columns being equal to 1 and the number of rows being equal to 2. The only difference between the constituent standard arrays RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevel-ITYPEI and RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevel-TYPEI is that the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-B11 is replaced by a COMPONED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter named COMPONED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11, which refers to the pseudolite it replaces, and whose position coordinates are identical to the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-B11 of the constituent RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevel-Typei standard arrays; such an assembly of suitable dispensers is referred to as "COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11", with reference to a replacement PHOTONIC pseudolite having the same positional coordinates as the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-B11 comprised of an RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-TypeI standard array. It is clear that the combi adapter combi-ADAPT-PSAT-B11 has no deviforp deflector, and its light converters are distributed as follows:
a) the PNIV1 planar CFO catheter comprising: two CONFROP light converters mounted in the PNIV1-CFO1 catheter in such a way that they can be converted into two sources of collimated optical radiation, one of the two incident FROP beams being parallel to the OX axis and the other parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONSOP light converters mounted in the PNIV1-CFO2 catheter in such a way that the two FROP light beams converted from the two collimated light radiation sources are parallel to one and to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; -a CONFROP light converter mounted in the PNIV1-CFO3 catheter in such a way as to convert an incident FROP light beam parallel to the OX axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ into a collimated spot light radiation source; -a CONSOP light converter mounted in the PNIV1-CFO4 catheter in such a way that the FROP beam converted by the collimated light radiation source is parallel to the OX axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ.
-5.b) PNIV2 planar CFO catheter comprising: two CONFROP light converters mounted in the PNIV2-CFO1 catheter in such a way that they can be converted into two sources of collimated optical radiation, one of the two incident FROP beams being parallel to the OX axis and the other parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONSOP light converters mounted in the PNIV2-CFO2 catheter in such a way that the two FROP light beams converted from the two collimated light radiation sources are parallel to one and to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONFROP light converters mounted in the PNIV2-CFO3 catheter in such a way that they can be converted into two sources of collimated optical radiation, one of the two incident FROP beams being parallel to the OX axis and the other parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONSOP light converters mounted in the PNIV2-CFO4 catheter in such a way that the two FROP light beams converted from the two collimated light radiation sources are parallel to one and to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ.
6. Implementation of the constituent RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-TypeIIE standard array (FIG. 182-FIG. 199, FIG. 235-FIG. 241): this variant was optimized for the COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter. The array is formed by adding to the combined RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevel-TypeII standard array its symmetry with respect to a plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at a point in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 where the abscissa is equal to a. This symmetry is achieved with some simplification from the grouping of two photonic pseudolites. Thus, the constituent RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLeves-TypeIIE standard array includes four cells ENVOPCell11, ENVOPCell12, ENVOPCell21, and ENVOPCell22(Cell11, Cell12, Cell21, Cell22), where ENVOPCell21 and ENVOPCell22 are symmetries of the ENVOPCell11 and ENVOPCell12 cells, respectively. These four cells thus form an M-envolpcell matrix with a number of columns equal to 2 and a number of rows equal to 2. The cells ENVOPCell11 and ENVOPCell12 are identical to the cells of the RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-TypeII standard array. It is reminded here that the four photon pseudolites of cell ENVOPCell11 are PSAT-A11(182A11-189A11, 191A11), PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11; the four photon pseudolites for cell ENVOPCell12 are PSAT-A12, PSAT-B12, PSAT-C12, PSAT-D12(182D12-189D12, 197D 12); the four-photon pseudolites for cell ENVOPCell21 are PSAT-A21, PSAT-B21(182B21-188B21, 190B21, 193B21), PSAT-C21, PSAT-D21; the four photon pseudolites for cell ENVOPCell22 are PSAT-A22, PSAT-B22, PSAT-C22(182C22-188C22, 190C22, 199B21), PSAT-D22. Due to its particular location in the SICOMS system, a grouping of two photon pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 and their symmetric DUO-PSAT-D21-A22 are adapted to eventually form a grouping QUATUOR-PSAT-C11-B12-D21-A22 of four photon pseudolites PSAT-C11, PSAT-B12, PSAT-A22 (182C11D21A22B12-190C11D21A22B12,195C11D21A22B12); in the generic name QUATUOR-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs-Ztu-Tvw, this corresponds to: x is equal to C; y is equal to B; z is equal to D; t is equal to A; p, r, t, v equal 1, 2 and 2, respectively; q, s, u, w are equal to 1, 2,1 and 2, respectively. The symmetric grouping of the two photon pseudolites DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 is DUO-PSAT-C21-B22. The photonic pseudolite PSAT-C12 and its symmetric PSAT-D22 are adapted to form a DUO-PSAT-C12-D22(182C12D22-190C12D22, 198C12D22) packet; in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs, this case corresponds to: x is equal to C; y is equal to D; p, r equal 1 and 2, respectively; q, s equal 2 and 2, respectively. Because it is a component standard array of type IIE, the COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11 adapter and its symmetric COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-A21 adapter are replaced by a COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter, which has two equivalent modified photonic pseudolites; this COMBINED adapter is referred to as COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT-B11-A21(182ADAPT-B11A21-190ADAPT-B11A21, 192ADAPT-B11A21) by reference to the two pseudolites PSAT-B11 and PSAT-A21 that it replaces.
7. The RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels-TypeI standard array is realized by the following steps: this variant was optimized for the ADAPT-COMPROP adapter. The array consists of four cells, ENVOPCell1.1, ENVOPCell1.2, ENVOPCell1.3, and ENVOPCell1.4, forming an M-ENVOPCell matrix with a number of columns equal to 1 and a number of rows equal to 4. Thus, typically the four photon pseudolites for the ENVOPCell1.1 unit are PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11; the four-photon pseudolites for the ENVOPCell12 unit were PSAT-A12, PSAT-B12, PSAT-C12, PSAT-D12; the four-photon pseudolites for the ENVOPCell13 unit were PSAT-A13, PSAT-B13, PSAT-C13, PSAT-D13; the four-photon pseudolites for the ENVOPCell14 unit were PSAT-A14, PSAT-B14, PSAT-C14, and PSAT-D14. However, due to their location in the SICOMSF system, the photonic pseudolites PSAT-C11 and PSAT-B12 are adapted to form a grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12; in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs, this case corresponds to: x is equal to C; y is equal to B; p, r equal 1 and 1, respectively; q, s are equal to 1 and 2, respectively. The photonic pseudolite PSAT-D11 and PSAT-A12 are adapted to form a grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-D11-A12; in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs, this case corresponds to: x is equal to D; y is equal to A; p, r equal 1 and 1, respectively; q, s are equal to 1 and 2, respectively. The photonic pseudolites PSAT-C12 and PSAT-B13 are adapted to form a grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C12-B13; in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs, this case corresponds to: x is equal to C; y is equal to B; p, r equal 1 and 1, respectively; q, s equal 2 and 3, respectively. The photonic pseudolite PSAT-D12 and PSAT-A13 are adapted to form a grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-D12-A13; in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs, this case corresponds to: x is equal to D; y is equal to A; p, r equal 1 and 1, respectively; q, s equal 2 and 3, respectively. The photonic pseudolites PSAT-C13 and PSAT-B14 are adapted to form a grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C13-B14; in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs, this case corresponds to: x is equal to C; y is equal to B; p, r equal 1 and 1, respectively; q, s equal 3 and 4, respectively. The photonic pseudolite PSAT-D13 and PSAT-A14 are adapted to form a grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-D13-A14; in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs, this case corresponds to: x is equal to D; y is equal to A; p, r equal 1 and 1, respectively; q, s equal 3 and 4, respectively. The sixteen photon pseudolite PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C14, PSAT-D14, DUO-PSAT-C11-B12, DUO-PSAT-D11-A12, DUO-PSAT-C12-B13, DUO-PSAT-D12-A13, DUO-PSAT-C13-B14, DUO-PSAT-D13-A14 have the following composition and position coordinates:
A) photonic pseudolite PSAT-A11: the compositions of the optical converters CONSOP, CONSTROP and DEVIFROP deflectors of the PNIV1 level CFO catheters (i.e. PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4) of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-A11 are the same as the compositions of the CFO1, CFO2, CFO3 and CFO4 catheters of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-A11 of the RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-TypeI standard array. Each CFO catheter of planes PNIV2, PNIV3, and PNIV4 contains a DEVIFROP deflector. The position coordinates of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-A11 in the combined RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FOURLEVELs-TypeI standard array are the same as the position coordinates of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-A11 in the combined RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLEVELs-TypeI standard array.
7.B) photonic pseudolite PSAT-B11: the composition and location coordinates of the photon pseudolite PSAT-B11 are such that it is symmetrical to the plane of the photon pseudolite PSAT-A11 with respect to the O1X1 axis orthogonal at the point in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 whose abscissa is equal to a/2.
-7.C) photonic pseudolite PSAT-C14: all CFO conduits of PNIV1, PNIV2, PNIV3 levels of the photonic pseudolite PSAT-C14 are empty; the two CFO tubes at PNIV4 level, PNIV4-CFO1 and PNIV4-CFO2, were also empty; installing a CONSOP light converter in the PNIV4-CFO3 catheter so that the FROP light beam generated by the conversion of the collimated light radiation source is parallel to the OX axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; a CONFROP light converter is mounted in the PNIV4-CFO4 catheter so that it can convert an incident FROP beam parallel to the OX axis into a collimated optical radiation source. The position of the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-C14 within the combined RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevel-TypeI standard array is such that, with respect to the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, the origin O of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ has coordinates equal to (a, 4b, h) on the one hand, and the OX, OY and OZ axes are parallel to the O1Y1, O1X1 and O1Z1 axes, respectively, but in opposite directions, on the other hand.
-7.D) photonic pseudolite PSAT-D14: the composition and location coordinates of the photon pseudolite PSAT-D14 are such that the photon pseudolite PSAT-C14 is symmetric with respect to a plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at a point in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 whose abscissa is equal to a/2.
7.e) grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12: all CFO tubes at PNIV3 and PNIV4 levels grouped by DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 were empty. The compositions of the portions of the CFO conduits at the PNIV1 and PNIV2 levels associated with PSAT-C11 and PSAT-B12 PHOTONIC pseudolites in the light converters CONSOP and CONSTROP were the same as the compositions corresponding to DUO-PSAT-C11-B12, which DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 belongs to the constituent RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-TypeI standard array. The DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 packet has the same position coordinates as the DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 packet belonging to the array constituting the RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Levels-TypeI standard.
7.f) grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-D11-A12: the composition and position coordinates of the groupings of two photon pseudolites DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 are such that the groupings of two photon pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 are symmetric with respect to a plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at a point in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 where the abscissa is equal to a/2.
7.g) a grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C12-B13: all CFO tubes at PNIV1 and PNIV4 levels grouped by DUO-PSAT-C12-B13 were empty. The composition of the PNIV2 level CFO duct of the section relating to the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-C12 in the light converters constop and CONSTROP is the same as that corresponding to the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-C12 belonging to the composed RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-type standard array. The composition in the optical converters CONSOP and CONFROP of the CFO conduit of PNIV3 level is the same as the composition of PNIV2 level grouped by DUO-PSAT-C11-B12. The position coordinates of the DUO-PSAT-C12-B13 group are the same as the PSAT-C12 photon pseudolite of the RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-TYPEI standard array.
7.h) grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-D12-A13: the composition and position coordinates of the DUO-PSAT-D12-A13 grouping are such that they are symmetrical with the DUO-PSAT-C12-B13 grouping with respect to a plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at a point in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 where the abscissa is equal to a/2.
7.i) grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C13-B14: all CFO tubes at PNIV1 and PNIV2 levels grouped by DUO-PSAT-C13-B14 were empty. The composition in the optical converters CONSOP and CONFROP of the CFO conduit of PNIV3 level is the same as the composition of PNIV2 level grouped by DUO-PSAT-C12-B13. The composition in the CONSOP and CONFROP photoconverters of the CFO conduit at PNIV4 level is the same as the composition of the PNIV3 plane grouped by DUO-PSAT-C12-B13. The DUO-PSAT-C13-B14 within the combined RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevel-TypeI standard array is grouped such that, with respect to the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, the origin O of its binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ has coordinates equal to (a, 3B, h) on the one hand, and the OX, OY and OZ axes are parallel to the O1Y1, O1X1 and O1Z1 axes, respectively, but in opposite directions, on the other hand.
7.j) a grouping of two photonic pseudolites DUO-PSAT-D13-A14: the composition and position coordinates of the DUO-PSAT-D13-A14 grouping are such that they are symmetrical with the DUO-PSAT-C13-B14 grouping with respect to a plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at a point in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 where the abscissa is equal to a/2.
8. The RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels-Type II standard array is realized by the following steps: this variant was optimized for the COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter. The array consists of four cells ENVOPCell11, ENVOPCell12, ENVOPCell13 and ENVOPCell14, forming an M-ENVOPCell matrix with a number of columns equal to 1 and a number of rows equal to 4. The only difference between the constituent RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FOURLEVELs-TypeII standard arrays and the RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FOURLEVELs-TYPEI is that the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-B11 was replaced by a COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter, referred to as "COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11", having the same positional coordinates as the PHOTONIC pseudolite PSAT-B11 of the constituent RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FOURLEVELs-TypeI standard arrays. It is clear that the combi adapter combi-ADAPT-PSAT-B11 has no deviforp deflector, and its light converters are distributed as follows:
a) a PNIV1 level CFO duct comprising: two CONFROP light converters mounted in the PNIV1-CFO1 catheter in such a way that they can convert two incident FROP light beams into two collimated light radiation sources, one parallel to the OX axis and the other parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONSOP light converters mounted in the PNIV1-CFO2 catheter in such a way that the two FROP light beams converted from the two collimated light radiation sources are parallel to one and to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; -a CONFROP light converter mounted in the PNIV1-CFO3 catheter in such a way as to convert an incident FROP light beam parallel to the OX axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ into a collimated spot light radiation source; -a CONSOP light converter mounted in the PNIV1-CFO4 catheter in such a way that the FROP beam converted by the collimated light radiation source is parallel to the OX axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ.
-8.b) a CFO duct in PNIV2 level comprising: two CONFROP light converters mounted in the PNIV2-CFO1 catheter in such a way that they can convert two incident FROP light beams into two collimated light radiation sources, one parallel to the OX axis and the other parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONSOP light converters mounted in the PNIV2-CFO2 catheter in such a way that the two FROP light beams converted from the two collimated light radiation sources are parallel to one and to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONFROP light converters mounted in the PNIV2-CFO3 catheter in such a way that they can convert two incident FROP light beams into two collimated light radiation sources, one parallel to the OX axis and the other parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONSOP light converters mounted in the PNIV2-CFO4 catheter in such a way that the two FROP light beams converted from the two collimated light radiation sources are parallel to one and to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ.
C) a PNIV3 level CFO duct comprising: two CONFROP light converters mounted in the PNIV3-CFO1 catheter in such a way that they can convert two incident FROP light beams into two collimated light radiation sources, one parallel to the OX axis and the other parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONSOP light converters mounted in the PNIV3-CFO2 catheter in such a way that the two FROP light beams converted from the two collimated light radiation sources are parallel to one and to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONFROP light converters mounted in the PNIV3-CFO3 catheter so that it can convert two incident FROP beams into two collimated light radiation sources, one parallel to the OX axis and the other parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONSOP light converters mounted in the PNIV3-CFO4 catheter such that the two FROP light beams converted from the two collimated light radiation sources are parallel to one and to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ.
-8.d) a CFO duct in PNIV4 level comprising: two CONFROP light converters mounted in the PNIV4-CFO1 catheter so that it can convert two incident FROP beams into two collimated light radiation sources, one parallel to the OX axis and the other parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONSOP light converters mounted in the PNIV4-CFO2 catheter such that the two FROP light beams converted from the two collimated light radiation sources are parallel to one and to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONFROP light converters mounted in the PNIV4-CFO3 catheter so that it can convert two incident FROP beams into two collimated light radiation sources, one parallel to the OX axis and the other parallel to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ; two CONSOP light converters mounted in the PNIV4-CFO4 catheter such that the two FROP light beams converted from the two collimated light radiation sources are parallel to one and to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the binding system R-O-OX-OY-OZ.
9. Implementation of the constituent RCC-PSAT-photosonic-FourLevels-Type IIE standard array (fig. 200-211, 242-243): this variant was optimized for the COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter. The standard array is formed by adding its symmetry with respect to a plane orthogonal to the axis O1X1, whose abscissa in the orthogonal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 is equal to α, to a combined RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-four level-type ii standard array. This symmetry is achieved with some simplification from the grouping of two and four photon pseudolites. The RCC-PSAT-photosonic-fourier classes-typeie standard array thus composed comprises eight cells, envospcell 11(Cell11), envospcell 12(Cell12), envospcell 13(Cell13), envospcell 14(Cell14), envospcell 21(Cell21), envospcell 22(Cell22), envospcell 23(Cell23), envospcell 24(Cell24), of which four cells, envospcell 21, envospcell 22, envospcell 23, envospcell 24 are respectively counterparts to cells envospcell 11, envospcell 12, envospcell 13, envospcell 14. These eight cells form an M-envolpcell matrix with a number of columns equal to 2 and a number of rows equal to 4. The cells ENVOPCell11, ENVOPCell12, ENVOPCell13 and ENVOPCell14 are the same as the cells of the RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels-type II standard array. It is reminded here that the four photon pseudolites of cell ENVOPCell11 are PSAT-A11(200A11-206A11, 242A11-243A11), PSAT-B11, PSAT-C1, PSAT-D11; the four photon pseudolites for cell ENVOPCell12 are PSAT-A12, PSAT-B12, PSAT-C12, PSAT-D12; the four photon pseudolites for cell ENVOPCell13 are PSAT-A13, PSAT-B13, PSAT-C13, PSAT-D13; the four photon pseudolites for cell ENVOPCell14 are PSAT-A14, PSAT-B14, PSAT-C14, PSAT-D14(200D14-205D14, 209D14, 242D14-243D 14); the four photon pseudolites for cell ENVOPCell21 are PSAT-A21, PSAT-B21(200B21-205B21, 208B21, 242B21-243B21), PSAT-C21, PSAT-D21; the four photon pseudolites for cell ENVOPCell22 are PSAT-A22, PSAT-B22, PSAT-C22, PSAT-D22; the four photon pseudolites for cell ENVOPCell23 are PSAT-A23, PSAT-B23, PSAT-C23, PSAT-D23; the four photon pseudolites for cell ENVOPCell24 are PSAT-A24, PSAT-B24, PSAT-C24(200C24-205C24, 211C24, 242C24-243C24), PSAT-D24. Due to its particular location in the SICORSF system, the two-photon pseudolite DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 and its symmetrical grouping of DUO-PSAT-D21-A22 are adapted to form a QUATUOR-PSAT-C11-D21-A22-B12 grouping (200C11D21A22B12-205C11D21A22B12, 207C11D21A22B12, 243C11D21A22B12) which is a grouping of four-photon pseudolites PSAT-C11, PSAT-B12, PSAT-D21, PSAT-A22; in the generic name QUATUOR-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs-Ztu-Tvw, this corresponds to: x is equal to C; y is equal to D; z is equal to A; t is equal to B; p, r, t, v equal 1, 2 and 1, respectively; q, s, u, w are equal to 1, 2 and 2, respectively. The symmetry of the two-photon pseudolite DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 packet is the DUO-PSAT-C21-B22 packet. A two-photon pseudolite DUO-PSAT-C12-B13 and its symmetric grouping of DUO-PSAT-D22-A23 are suitable for forming a QUATUOR-PSAT-C12-B13-D22-A23 grouping of four-photon pseudolites PSAT-C12, PSAT-B13, PSAT-D22, PSAT-A23 (200C12D22A23B13-205C12D22A23B13, 243C12D22A23B 13). The symmetry of the grouping of two photon pseudolites DUO-PSAT-D12-A13(200D12A13-205D12A13, 243D12A13) is the DUO-PSAT-C22-B23 grouping (200C22B23-205C22B23, 243C22B 23). The grouping of two-photon pseudolites DUO-PSAT-C13-B14 and its symmetric DUO-PSAT-D23-A24 is suitable for forming a QUATUOR-PSAT-C13-B14-D23-A24 grouping of four-photon pseudolites PSAT-C13, PSAT-B14, PSAT-D23, PSAT-A24 (200C13D23A24B14-205C13D23A24B14,243C13D23A24B14). The symmetry of the grouping of the two-photon pseudolite DUO-PSAT-D13-A14(200D13A14-205D13A14, 242D13A14, 243D13A14) is DUO-PSAT-C23-B24 grouping (200C23B24-205C23B24, 242C23B24, 243C23B 24). The photonic pseudolite PSAT-C14 and its symmetric PSAT-D24 are adapted to form a DUO-PSAT-C14-D24 packet (200C14D24-205C14D24, 242C14D24, 243C14D 24). Because of the type IIE combinatorial standard array, the combinatorial adapter COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11 and its symmetric COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-A21 is replaced by a COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter, which has two equivalent modified photonic pseudolites; the COMBINED adapter is referred to by reference to the photonic pseudolites PSAT-B11 and PSAT-A21 for their replacement as "COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT-B11-A21 (200ADAPT-B11A21-205ADAPT-B11A21, 207ADAPT-B11A21, 242ADAPT-B11A21-243ADAPT-B11A 21)".
Primary functional characteristics of 6.2.2-IRECH-RF-OP interconnection networks
The IRECH-RF-OP interconnect network has five main types of cells, as follows:
a) fixed RF-Pure unit: which is a unit usually located in the area covered by the RTMOB-RF cellular network, but does not contain any closed or semi-closed environment, fixed or mobile equipment, in which the OPFIBRE-LAN network is deployed. Units of this type are typically located in areas that do not cover a fixed or mobile closed or semi-closed environment, in which an OPFIBRE-LAN local area network is deployed.
b) Fix Optical-Pure unit: which is a unit typically located in a closed or semi-closed environment covered by a cellular RTMOB-RF network, where an OPFILE-LAN local area network is deployed, but the radio link with the RTMOB-RF cellular network is not present or of poor quality due to the configuration of certain parts of the house, etc.
c) Fixed hybrid RF-Optical unit: which is a unit typically located in a closed or semi-closed environment covered by an RTMOB-RF cellular network, where an opofibre-LAN is deployed.
d) Moving the Optical-Pure unit: which is a unit located in a closed or semi-closed mobile environment covered by an RTMOB-RF cellular network, in which an OPFIB-LAN local area network is deployed, but in which the link performance with the RTMOB-RF cellular network is temporarily poor, for reasons including tunneling or transitioning to an area not covered by the RTMOB-RF cellular network; such as when an aircraft is taking off, a train, a ship, or other object is leaving.
e) Mobile hybrid RF-Optical unit: it is a unit located in a closed or semi-closed mobile environment covered by an RTMOB-RF cellular network, in which an OPFILE-LAN local area network is deployed; units of this type are usually located in mobile public vehicles such as trains, buses, metros, airplanes and other vehicles having an OPFIBRE-LAN local area network and whose routes are located in the area covered by the RTMOB-RF cellular network.
The RTMOB-RF wide area network is interconnected with two local area networks BACKUP-RF-LAN and OPFIBRE-LAN to form an IRENCH-RF-OP interconnection network such that the interaction of the IRENCH-RF-OP interconnection network with a cellular mobile terminal having an APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna array can occur at least in the following manner:
1. the mobile terminal is located in a fixed RF-Pure unit: the link to the cellular RTMOB-RF network is realized by radio frequency, as in the prior art radio frequency cellular terminals.
2. The mobile terminal is located in a fixed Optical-Pure unit: the following are two main cases:
a) if the terminal is in use and no user actively blocks its optical radiation link with the SICOSF system, e.g. putting it in a bag or in the user's pocket, it operates in a similar manner to the prior art radio frequency cellular terminal except that everything is done by wireless light;
-2.b) if the terminal is in use, but the user actively blocks its optical radiation link with the SICOSF system, e.g. putting it in a bag or in the user's pocket, the IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network activates said BACKUP local area network BACKUP-RF-LAN to trigger the ringing of said terminal; to perform this operation, the IRECH-RF-OP interconnect network would take into account the last known location of the terminal before the optical signal was lost due to being placed in a pocket or bag; after triggering the ringing, if the user takes the terminal out of its optical barrier, the communication will be automatically established by wireless light; if the user does not, the interconnection network IRECH-RF-OP will treat the terminal as switched off after a certain time interval after activation of the BACKUP network BACKUP-RF-LAN.
3. The terminal is located in a fixed hybrid RF-Optical cell: the IRECH-RF-OP interconnect network preferentially treats the terminal as being located within a fixed Optical-Pure cell. If necessary, if the BACKUP-RF-LAN BACKUP network fails to trigger the ringing of the terminal by radio frequency within a specified time, the IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network will treat the terminal as being in a fixed RF-Pure unit; furthermore, the IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network automatically switches communication from radio frequency to wireless optical communication once the user answers the phone.
4. Transition from fixed RF-Pull cell to fixed Optical-Pull cell: typically, a user initiates a telephone call (radio link) through a terminal while on the street, and while walking enters a fixed closed environment with an OPFILE-LAN local area network; in this case, the IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network automatically switches the communication from radio frequency to wireless light.
5. Transition from a stationary Optical-Pure unit to a stationary RF-Pure unit: typically, a user initiates a telephone call through a terminal and walks down the street while in a fixed closed environment with an OPFIBRE-LAN local area network; in this case, the IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network automatically switches the communication from wireless light to radio frequency.
6. Transition from mobile Optical-Pure cell to fixed RF-Pure cell: typically, a user initiates a telephone call through a terminal while in a mobile closed environment (e.g., a bus with an OPFILE-LAN local area network) and then goes out of the bus to the street; in this case, the IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network automatically switches the communication from wireless light to radio frequency.
A fixed or mobile opfibe-LAN local area network with SICOSF system and being part of an IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network comprises at least the following means:
-a) a switching system for handling inter-cell channels of a cellular mobile terminal with an APDLO adaptive photon or optoelectronic antenna array, which when located in a SICOSF system:
a 1-from one Optical-Pure cell or hybrid RF-Optical cell to another Optical-Pure cell or hybrid-radio frequency Optical cell;
a 2-from Optical-Pure cell or hybrid RF-Optical cell to RF-Pure cell;
-b) a call set-up system for setting up a call by wireless light or radio frequency and for allocating the wavelength and radio frequency of the communication by radio frequency to a mobile communication terminal having an APDLO adaptive photon or photoelectric antenna array;
-c) a call notification system for notifying a call to a mobile communication terminal having an APDLO adaptive photo or photo antenna array by radio frequency through a dedicated communication channel by wireless light or radio frequency;
-d) System for Overall monitoring
As defined herein:
the switching process is called "light unit switching" or "transfer between light units".
-the wavelength at which the call set-up system communicates with the mobile terminal is called "LAN-call-LDOSF”。
-the radio frequency at which the call set-up system communicates with the mobile terminal is called "LAN -SCall-fRF”。
-the wavelength of the call notification system communicating with the mobile terminal is called "LAN-SNotif-LDOSF”。
-the radio frequency at which the call set-up system communicates with the mobile terminal is called "LAN-SNotif-fRF”。
The radio frequency communication between a fixed or mobile OPFIBRE-LAN local area network with SICOMSF system, a part of IRECH-RF-OP network and TAEBD device with AEPDLO adaptive photon or photo-electric antenna array is realized by the BACKUP-RF-LAN BACKUP network, which is used to overcome the link blockage caused by wireless light.
The fixed OPFIBRE-LAN with SICOMSF system is connected to a BSC (i.e., base station controller), or MSC (i.e., mobile switching center), or MTSO (i.e., mobile telephone switching office), which belongs to the RTMOB-RF cellular network, by fiber optic cable and/or coaxial cable.
Furthermore, a fixed OPFIBRE-LAN local area network with SICOMSF system can be provided to form a base station controller or MSC or MTSO switching center of an RTMOB-RF cellular network. A local area network such as an OPFIBRE-LAN local area network is referred to herein as an "integrated BSC SICOMS F LAN" or an "integrated MSCSICOSFLAN" or an "integrated MTSO SICOMS F LAN", as defined herein.
When a cellular mobile terminal with an APDLO adaptive photon or optoelectronic antenna array located within one of the fixed or mobile OPFIBRE-LAN local area networks is switched on, its interaction with the IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network occurs periodically according to a predefined periodicity at least in the following way or in a way that produces similar results:
-a) the terminal automatically starts searching for photonic pseudolites having a received signal strength greater than or equal to a predefined limit value using the wavelength Mob-ecall-LDOSF; then, the user can use the device to perform the operation,
-b) if the terminal finds such a photonic pseudolite, the terminal sends its serial number and information related to its embedded SIM card through the photonic pseudolite. Otherwise, the terminal transmits by using the Mob-SCall-fRF frequency; then, the user can use the device to perform the operation,
-c) the fixed or mobile OPFIBRE-LAN local area network with SICOMSF system where the terminal is located records the serial number and SIM card information and sends it (including the location of the terminal) to the MSC or MTSO to which the terminal belongs; then, the user can use the device to perform the operation,
-d) the terminal enters a permanent scanning mode by means of wireless light or, in case of radio frequency interference, sends out a call notification signal for the call notification signals of the call notification systems belonging to the local area network, in order to know whether there is a call to him; this permanent scanning mode is performed by using wireless light at the Mob-SNotif-LDOSF wavelength or, in the case of obstacles, by using radio frequencies at the Mob-SNotif-fRF radio frequency.
In order to establish a telephone call, after the user of the mobile terminal has entered the telephone number of the counterpart, the interaction of said mobile terminal with the IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network takes place in the following manner, or in a manner that gives similar results:
-a) the terminal sends data packets containing its serial number and the phone number of the counterpart and the information in the embedded SIM card to the call setup and radio frequency wavelength and frequency assignment system of the fixed or mobile OPFIBRE-LAN local area network in which it is located; this transmission is performed by wireless light using the wavelength LAN-call-LDOSF, or, in the case of blocking, by radio frequency using the radio frequency LAN-call-fRF; then, the user can use the device to perform the operation,
-b) the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network sends said data packet to the MSC or MTSO; then, the user can use the device to perform the operation,
-c) after checking the received data packets, the MSC or MTSO sends back the number of available communication channels to the local area network over fiber optic cable and/or coaxial cable or over radio frequency; then, the user can use the device to perform the operation,
-d) the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network distributes the following to the terminals through its call setup and radio frequency wavelength and frequency distribution system:
d 1-one transceiving wavelength or two wavelengths, one for transmission and the other for reception;
d 2-radio frequency;
-e) the terminal automatically switches to use said one wavelength or said two wavelengths by the most suitable photonic pseudolite belonging to the Optical-Pure or hybrid unit in which it is located, or in case of blocking, communicates with its counterpart using said radio frequency by means of a BACKUP-up-RF-LAN BACKUP system associated with the optibre-LAN local area network; then, the user can use the device to perform the operation,
-f) the terminal remains in a standby state waiting for the phone of its counterpart to be picked up.
In order to receive a telephone call, the interaction between the mobile terminal and the IRECH-RF-OP interconnection network proceeds in the following manner or a manner that produces a similar result:
-a) a fixed or mobile OPFIBRE-LAN local area network with SICOMSF system receives data packets sent by MSC or MTSO; then, the user can use the device to perform the operation,
-b) the OPFIBRE-LAN broadcasts a message related to said data packet by means of its call notification system over the radio optical and/or radio frequency, the message comprising one or two wavelengths and the radio frequency used for communication therewith; such broadcasting is performed by using wireless light having a wavelength of LAN-SNotif-LDOSF, or, in the case of an obstacle, by using a radio frequency having a radio frequency of LAN-SNotif-fRF; then, the user can use the device to perform the operation,
-c) the terminal retrieves the data packets in order to know if there is a call to him, either due to being in a permanent scanning mode of wireless light or in case of radio frequency blockage, for the call notification signal of the call notification system belonging to the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network; then, the user can use the device to perform the operation,
-d) the terminal switching to use the assigned one or both wavelengths or radio frequencies according to the indication contained in the data packet; it will then activate its own ring tone so that its user can answer the call.
6.2.3 communication method between OPFIBRE-LAN local area network with SICOMSF system and Q devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, …, TAEBDzQ, each with location, communication direction and wavelength Adaptive (APDLO) photonic or optoelectronic antenna array-periodic search to identify 2Q triplets (i, j, k).
Communication between an OPFILE-LAN local area network with SICOMSF system and Q devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, …, TAEBDzQ, each of which has an APDLO adaptive photon or electro-optical antenna array, should preferably be of master/slave type. The OPFIBRE-LAN local area network is the master and the Q devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz 2. The communication protocol includes means for periodic searching, on the one hand, for identifying the appropriate photonic pseudolite of the SICOSF system and, on the other hand, for identifying the edges of the different housings and their send-receive directions.
In order to identify the 2Q triplets (i, j, k), it is advantageous to consider an OPFILE-LAN local area network with a SICOSF system (fig. 214-243) comprising a matrix with M × N cells Cellij, where i is the number of columns and j is the number of rows, as a virtual electronic device with a built-in single virtual matrix of neutral photonic antennas for transceiving, the number of photonic antennas of which is equal to M × N. In other words, this conversion consists in considering cell Cellij as a single neutral photonic antenna belonging to a virtual matrix of the neutral photonic antennas mounted along the edge of the virtual housing of the virtual electronic device; the four photon pseudolites PSAT-Aij, PSAT-Bij, PSAT-Cij and PSAT-Dij are short for four receiving and transmitting directions of the neutral photon antenna Cellij.
Due to this translation, one can use the algorithm described in 6.1.6, which involves the TAEDBx device (i.e., the master) and Q devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, …, TAEBDzQ (i.e., the slaves); the algorithm allows a periodic search to identify 2Q triples (i, j, k). The OPFIBRE-LAN with SICOMSF system is basically considered a TAEDBx device.
6.2.4 wavelength Allocation to Q devices TAEBDz over OPFIBRE-LAN with SICOMSF System1、TAEBDz2、…、TAEBDzQWherein each device has an array of location, communication direction and wavelength Adaptive (APDLO) photonic or optoelectronic antennas-spread the spectrum by adaptive wavelength hopping for transceiving
Devices TAEBDz each having an APDLO adaptive photon or photoelectric antenna array1、TAEBDz2、…、TAEBDzQSICOMOSF system located in OPFIBRE-LANEach of them typically uses one or more wavelengths, compatible with the wavelength assigned to the photonic pseudolite through which it communicates with the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network.
The method of assigning wavelengths to the wavelengths of photonic pseudolites of a SICOMSF system via an associated local area network OPFIBRE-LAN is based on a combinatorial analysis section associated with finite set radix calculations. Due to the large number of mathematical formulas used, the method is detailed in section 6.6 for practical reasons, where some mathematical cues can be found.
A method of extending a transceive spectrum by adaptive wavelength hopping includes performing a periodic permutation of wavelengths assigned to a photonic pseudolite in a set theory sense; the wavelength allocation method described in section 6.6 ensures that this is done without optical interference.
6.2.5-method for increasing data transmission rate of cellular radio frequency communication network, preventing brain disease risk of mobile terminal user and reducing electromagnetic pollution related to radio frequency signal from communication equipment in building
The prior art method of increasing the data transmission rate of a cellular communication network by radio frequency consists in reducing the burden on the cellular communication network by reducing the burden on all cellular mobile terminals located in a building or other fixed or mobile closed or semi-closed environment in the cellular communication network; this burden of relief is significant given that the vast majority of the population in a city is in such an environment on any day of the week.
To achieve this lightening effect, the following steps are sufficient:
-a) equipping prior art cellular mobile terminals communicating via radio frequency with an APDLO adaptive photon or photoelectric antenna array; to this end, the housing of the photonic or optoelectronic antenna array is replaced by a housing containing the array; and
-b) transforming the cellular network communicating by radio frequency of the prior art into a wireless local area network interconnection network by deploying an OPFIBRE-LAN local area network with SICOMSF system and associated BACKUP-RF-LAN back-up system in a building or in a closed or semi-closed, fixed or mobile environment; and
-c) installing means allowing automatic switching of the radio frequency link of the cellular network and the associated mobile terminal entering or located in the building or other closed environment into a wireless optical link through the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network with SICOMSF system.
Furthermore, the method can significantly reduce the risk of brain diseases associated with the use of prior art cellular mobile terminals on the one hand and electromagnetic pollution associated with radio frequency signals of communication devices in buildings on the other hand.
Those skilled in the art of electronic communication networks know how to interconnect an RTMOB-RF wide area network and two local area networks back-RF-LAN and OPFIBRE-LAN.
Method for manufacturing 6.3-photon pseudolite and different grouping thereof
In this section, the main components of a photonic pseudolite and the manufacturing method of the different optical modules (i.e. the CONSOP and CONSTROP optical converters and the DEVIFROP deflectors) that allow it to be configured according to its position in the SICOMS system will be described in detail. Further, it is reminded here that all of these elements have been described in the disclosure of the present invention.
6.3.1-CONRO condenser, DIFFRO light diffuser and associated cabinet components PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME
The grouping of CONRO optical radiation concentrator, DIFFRO optical radiation diffuser and related parts of the cabinet can be made in three ways, according to the degree of integration of the different photonic components, to reduce significantly their size and cost. Therefore, these packets are divided into three categories, called: discrete concentrator and diffuser clusters (in the French language "gradient de concentrators et de diffusers dispersions"); an integrated cluster of concentrators and diffusers (in the french term "gradient de concentrators et de diffuis intgres"); large-scale integration of concentrator and diffuser clusters (the french term "ripple de concentrators et de diffuis int gres a Grande Echelle"). These three categories can be fabricated using micro-machining techniques in the following ways:
1. fabrication of Discrete Condenser and Diffuser Clusters (DCDC): for this cluster (fig. 34, 35), the discrete elements to be manufactured are: -N CONRO concentrators (34 conroii), NDIFFRO light diffuser and PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME components of a PSAT-CHASSIS cabinet (42PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS) (fig. 40-fig. 42); -2 xn concentrators, 2 xn DIFFRO light diffusers (35DIFFROi) and the DUO-PSAT-channels-DOME part of the DUO-PSAT-DCDC-channels cabinet (50 DUO-PSAT-DCDC-channels) (fig. 48-fig. 50); -3 x N CONRO concentrators, 3 x N DIFFRO light diffusers and TRIO-PSAT-sessions-DOME part of a TRIO-PSAT-sessions CHASSIS; QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME components of-4 XN CONRO concentrators, 4 XN DIFFRO light diffusers and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS cabinet (58QUAT-PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS) (FIGS. 56-58). All CONRO concentrators are identical; the same for all DIFFRO light diffusers; we will show how a single CONRO condenser or DIFFRO light diffuser can be constructed and then replicated as many times as necessary. The adopted method is as follows:
-1.a) manufacture of a CONRO condenser (31 CONRO): the first step is to make a three-part opaque socket (fig. 31). The first portion (31CONRO-P1) is intended to house an optical radiation concentrator assembly (31DTIRC) of one of the following types, the manufacturing method of which is well known to those skilled in the optical field: dielectric total internal reflection concentrators, as described in DTIRC (DTIRC) (X. Ning, RolandWinston and Josepho' Gallagher, 1987, "dielectric total internal reflection concentrators" in journal of applied optics (applied optics) (26, 300; (1987)), imaging concentrators, Fresnel LENS (hemispherical concentrator), Compound Parabolic Concentrator (CPC); parabolic DTIRC; elliptical DTIRC. second section (31CONRO-P2) has three slots for receiving the inlets of two biconvex lenses (31COLLIM-LENS, 31 FOS-LENS) and one optical fiber (31OPFibre-PLACE), if the biconvex lenses are inserted in a suitable manner, the first biconvex LENS is used for collimating, the second biconvex LENS is used for focusing the beam at the end of the optical fiber through the first LENS, the third biconvex LENS (31 CONRO-3) is used for closing the second biconvex LENS and fixing the second biconvex LENS by means of gluing or gluing the two biconvex lenses In part. The first and second parts may be integrally formed, for example by moulding techniques, so that they do not need to be subsequently bonded together. The CONRO (31CONRO) condenser thus formed works on the following principle: -all the light radiation of a suitable wavelength, arriving at the entrance surface of the condenser (31DTIRC) at an angle of incidence lower than a given limit value, propagates inside said condenser by multiple refraction until it reaches an exit surface of very small size compared to the entrance surface; this is why it is converted into a collimated light radiation source at the exit surface; the double-convex collimating LENS (31COLLIM-LENS) is arranged in a manner that the focus of the double-convex collimating LENS coincides with the center of the emergent surface of the condenser; whereby radiation emitted by the collimated optical radiation source located on the exit surface of the condenser is converted into a FROP beam, which is then converted into a collimated optical radiation source located at the focal point of a biconvex focusing LENS (31 FOCUS-LENS); these collimated optical radiation sources can be recovered to be routed anywhere by inserting a suitable optical fibre (31 OPFibre-planar) in the CONRO condenser so that its end coincides with the focal point of the biconvex focusing lens. The lenticular lens should preferably be a thick lens or even a ball lens, since the chromatic aberration produced by a ball lens is n times lower than that produced by a thin lens of the same focal length, where n is the refractive index value of the lens glass; those skilled in the optical arts know how to mathematically prove this. The preferred material for making the lenticular lenses and concentrators is fused silica or polymethylmethacrylate (abbreviated as "PMMA").
-1, b) manufacture of a DIFFRO light diffuser (32 DIFFRO): the first step is to make the socket (fig. 32) as one piece (32DIFFRO-BODY) with grooves for receiving a standard or holographic light diffusing screen (32DIFFUS-HEAD), a biconvex collimating LENS (32COLLIM-LENS) and an entrance of an optical fiber (32 optical fiber-plain). The lenticular lens is preferably a thick lens, even a ball lens, for the same reason as in the case of a CONRO condenser. If the fiber is inserted in a proper manner, the biconvex collimating lens is positioned so that its focal point coincides with the end of the fiber (32 OPFIBER-PLACE). The principle of operation of the DIFFRO light diffuser thus formed is as follows: -a quasi-point optical radiation source located at the focal point of the fiber-end lenticular LENS (32COLLIM-LENS) is projected as a FROP beam onto a holographic or standard diffusing screen (32DIFFUS-HEAD) to convert it into an extended optical radiation source.
C) manufacture of PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME parts: the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOMEpart (FIG. 40-FIG. 42) belonging to the PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS (40PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 41PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED) has a part in the shape of a quarter hollow hemisphere. It has a number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to the PSAT-channels-INTERFACE components of the mortised CHASSIS, as will be described later. It includes several locations (40CONRO-PLACE, 40 DIFFFRO-PLACE) for installing N CONRO concentrators (31CONRO) and N DIFFFRO light diffusers (32 DIFFFRO). These positions are such that when all concentrators and all diffusers are installed, their different optical axes are practically coincident at the center of the Od of the quarter hollow hemisphere (41CONRO, 41 DIFFRO). The manufacture of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component may be accomplished by molding a rigid lightweight material.
-1.d) manufacture of DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME parts: the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG. 48-FIG. 50) belonging to the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS (48DUO-PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 49DUO-PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED) has a part in the shape of a half hollow hemisphere. It has a number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component of the mortised CHASSIS, as will be described later. It includes several locations (48CONRO-PLACE, 48 DIFFFRO-PLACE) for mounting 2N CONRO concentrators (31CONRO) and 2N DIFFFRO light diffusers (32 DIFFFRO). These positions are such that when all concentrators and all diffusers are installed, their different optical axes are practically coincident in the center of the Od of the semi-hollow hemisphere (49CONRO, 49 DIFFRO). The fabrication of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component may be accomplished by molding a rigid lightweight material.
-1.e) production of TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME parts: the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component belonging to the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS has a three-quarter hollow hemispherical part. It has a number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to the TRIO-PSAT-chasis-INTERFACE components of the mortised CHASSIS, as will be described later. It includes several locations where 3 xn CONRO concentrators (31CONRO) and 3 xn DIFFRO light diffusers (32DIFFRO) are installed. These positions are such that when all concentrators and all diffusers are installed, their different optical axes are practically coincident in the center of the Od of the three-quarter hollow hemisphere. The fabrication of TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME can be accomplished by molding a rigid lightweight material.
F) manufacture of QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME parts: the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component (FIGS. 56-58) belonging to the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS (56QUAT-PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 57QUAT-PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED) has a hollow hemispherical shaped portion. It has a number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component of the cabinet with mortises, as will be described later. It includes several locations (56CONRO-PLACE, 56 DIFFFRO-PLACE) for mounting 4 XN CONRO (31CONRO) concentrators and 4 XN DIFFFRO light diffusers (32 DIFFFRO). These positions are such that when all concentrators and all diffusers are installed, their different optical axes are practically coincident in the center of the Od of the hollow hemisphere (57CONRO, 57 DIFFRO). The fabrication of QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME parts can be accomplished by molding a rigid lightweight material.
2. Fabrication of integrated concentrator and diffuser clusters (abbreviated as "ICDCs"): to perform this grouping (fig. 64-67), one uses K CONRO concentrators and L DIFFRO light diffusers, where K and L are two integers greater than or equal to 1, combined into the same substrate (64 condensor-substrate, 65 condensor-substrate, 67 condensor-substrate) to form a single device, called "CONCENTFUSER", that is both a concentrator and a light diffuser (67 condensor-substrate-attached). The elements to be manufactured are as follows: -N PSAT-sessions-DOME parts (68 PSAT-ICDC-sessions-DOME, 69 PSAT-ICDC-sessions-DOME-load, 70 PSAT-ICDC-sessions-DOME-load) of a ConcentFuser and PSAT-sessions CHASSIS (71 PSAT-ICDC-sessions-DOME); -2 XN DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME parts of the concentFUser and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS (77DUO-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 78DUO-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 79 DUO-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED); -3 x N TRIO-PSAT-chasss-DOME parts of the ConcentFuser and TRIO-PSAT-chasss CHASSIS; -4 XN QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME parts of the ConcentFUser and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS cabinets (85QUAT-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 86QUAT-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 87 QUAT-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED). All concentfusers are identical; thus, we will show how one is constructed, which can then be replicated as many times as needed. The method is as follows:
A) production of ConcentFuser substrates (FIGS. 64 to 67): the substrate is in the shape of a rotating body (64CONCENTFUSER-SUBSTRAT) having K conduits for forming a CONRO condenser (66CONROi) and Fiber segments (66PMMA-Fiber, 66CONRO-OUTPUT) extending them; the front face is flat, and two cylinders are arranged at the back, wherein one cylinder is named CONRO-OUTPUT (66CONRO-OUTPUT, 67CONRO-OUTPUT), and the other cylinder is named DIFFO-INPUT (66 DIFFFRO-INTPUT, 67 DIFFFRO-INTPUT); the bases of the CONRO-OUTPUT and DIFFRO-INPUT cylinders are dedicated to the outlet of the conduit associated with the condenser and diffuser, respectively. The conduits associated with the concentrators (64CONRO-CNLi, 65CONRO-CNLi) are called CONRO-CNLi, where i is an integer from 1 to K; each CONRO-CNLi conduit has on the front face of the substrate a small chamber called CONRO-ALVi (64CONRO-ALVi, 65CONRO-ALVi) shaped so that, once filled with PMMA polymer by micro-machining techniques (for example injection), it can form a concentrator of one of the above types, preferably of the DTIRC type; the remainder of the duct is a tube which can be considered mathematically as a surface generated by a circle whose centre Oi moves orthogonally along a central curve CONRO-AiBi between a point Ai, where Ai is the centre of the exit surface of the small chamber, and a point Bi, where Bi lies on the bottom surface of the CONRO-OUTPUT cylinder; the K-center curves CONRO-AiBi do not intersect each other on the one hand, and on the other hand, they allow the resulting tube to take into account the constraints inherent to optical fibers with respect to the minimum bending radius. The conduit associated with the diffuser (64DIFFRO-CNLj, 65DIFFRO-CNLj) is called DIFFRO-CNLj, where j is an integer from 1 to L; each DIFFRO-CNLj conduit has a small cavity called DIFFRO-ALVj (64DIFFRO-ALVj, 65DIFFRO-ALVj) on the front side of the substrate, which is shaped so that a micromodule (66Mini-TD, 67Mini-TD) (called "diffuser tip", for short "Mini-TD") can be placed therein; the Mini-TD is prepared as follows; the remainder of the DIFFRO-CNLj conduit is a tube which mathematically can be thought of as a surface produced by a circle whose center Oj moves orthogonally along a central curve DIFFRO-ejf between point Ej and point Fj, where Ej is the center of the exit surface of the lumen and Fj is located on the bottom surface of the cylinder DIFFRO-INPUT; the L central curves DIFFRO-EjFj are such that, on the one hand, they do not intersect each other nor the CONRO-AiBi curve, and, on the other hand, they allow the tube to be produced taking into account the constraints inherent to the optical fiber with respect to the minimum bending radius. The set of K + L strip curves CONRO-AiBi and DIFFRO-EjFj may preferably be constructed as a set of B-spline curves or a set of non-uniform rational B-splines (NURBS); those skilled in the art of mathematics, and particularly those skilled in the art of numerical analysis, know how to make such curves from a set of node vectors and control points using computer-aided design tools.
-2.b) forming the concentrator and the associated optical fiber within a ConcentFuser substrate (fig. 64-67): if desired, the formation of the concentrator and the associated optical fibre is carried out after sputter deposition of a dielectric Coating (CDIG) in order to align the interior of each duct; however, if the entire substrate can act as a dielectric coating, this step becomes unnecessary; then simultaneously injecting the polymer PMMA into a KCONRO-CNLi conduit of a concentFuser substrate; the PMMA polymer can be replaced by another product having at least the same properties. Molding may be performed simultaneously with or after this injection to form the entrance surface of the concentrator and the end of the associated fiber. Those skilled in the art of micromachining know how to implement such methods.
-2.c) formation of optical fibers in connection with diffusers in the ConcentFuser substrate: if desired, the molding process can be completed by injecting the polymer PMMA simultaneously into the L sections of the ConcentFuser substrate DIFFRO-CNLj conduit used to form the optical fiber, after sputter deposition of the dielectric coating. All small cavities DIFFRO-ALVj must be kept empty so that the Mini-TD diffusion head can be placed in a later step. The injection may be accompanied by a molding process, either simultaneously or subsequently, to form the end of the optical fiber. The injection may be accompanied by a molding process, either simultaneously or subsequently, to form the end of the optical fiber. Those skilled in the art of micromachining know how to implement such methods.
D) fabrication of L micro-diffusion heads and integration within a ConcentFuser substrate: we will show how a single Mini-TD is constructed and then simply replicated multiple times as required. The first step is to make an integral socket (positioned to receive a standard or holographic light diffusing screen), a biconvex collimating lens and one entrance to an optical fiber. The lenticular lens is preferably a thick lens or even a ball lens for the same reasons as in the case of the CONRO condenser; this manufacture must be compatible with the fiber ends made by injecting the polymer PMMA into the conduit DIFFRO-CNLj, as described above; in fact, the Mini-TD head must be such that, after it is placed in a dedicated small cavity within the concentfuel substrate, the end of the fiber associated with the small cavity is located at the focal point of the biconvex collimating lens. For the mass production of Mini-TDs, it is advantageous to use an automatic component placement machine (e.g., a lens machine or otherwise) to combine the sockets with the diffusing screen and the lenticular collimating lenses. The most suitable machines are currently the machines of equipment manufacturers such as Universal instruments, Fuji, Siemens, etc. or other equivalent machines.
-2.e) manufacture of PSAT-chasss-DOME parts for grouping of N concentfusers: the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part of the ICDC cluster (FIGS. 68-71) and the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part of the DCDC cluster have a part in the shape of a quarter hollow hemisphere (68PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 69PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 70PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 71 PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED). It has a number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to the PSAT-channels-INTERFACE components of the mortised CHASSIS, as will be described later. It includes N positions (68CONCENTFUSER-PLACEK) for installing N ConcentrtFUSERs (70 CONCENTFUSERK). These positions are such that when all concentfusers are installed, their different central axes practically coincide in the center of the Od of the quarter hollow hemisphere. Such fabrication may be by one of micro-machining techniques, preferably by molding a lightweight material.
-2.f) manufacture of DUO-PSAT-chasss-DOME parts for grouping of 2 × N concentfusers: the part of the ICDC cluster DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME (FIGS. 77-78) has a semi-hollow hemispherical portion (77DUO-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE,78DUO-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED,79 DUO-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED). It has a number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component of the mortised CHASSIS, as will be described later. It includes 2 × N positions (77ConcentFUSER-PLACEK) for installing 2 × N ConcentFUSERs (78 CONCENTFUSERK). These positions are such that when all concentfusers are installed, their different central axes actually coincide at the Od centre of the semi-hollow hemisphere. Such fabrication may be by one of micro-machining techniques, preferably by molding a lightweight material.
-2.g) manufacture of TRIO-PSAT-chasss-DOME parts for a grouping of 3 × N concentfusers: the TRIO-PSAT-chasss-DOME component of the ICDC cluster has a three-quarter hollow hemispherical section. It has a large number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to the TRIO-PSAT-chasis-INTERFACE components of the mortised CHASSIS. It includes 3 × N locations for installing 3 × N concentfusers. These positions are such that when all concentfusers are installed, their different central axes actually coincide at the center of the Od of the three-quarter hollow hemisphere. Such manufacture may be by molding of lightweight materials.
H) manufacture of QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME parts for groups of 4 XN concentFuser: the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part of ICDC cluster (FIGS. 85-87) has a hollow hemispherically shaped portion (85QUAT-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 86QUAT-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 87 QUAT-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED). It has a number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component of the cabinet with mortises, as will be described later. It includes 4 × N positions (85ConcentFuser-PLACEK) for installing 4 × N CONCENTFUSERs (86 concentFUSERK). These positions are such that when all concentfuels are installed, their different central axes actually coincide at the Od centre of the hollow hemisphere. Such manufacture may be by molding of lightweight materials.
-2.i) integration of ConcentFuser in the CHASSIS components PSAT-sessions-DOME, DUO-PSAT-sessions-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-sessions-DOME, quituor-PSAT-sessions-DOME: the integration of N, 2 XN, 3 XN and 4 XN concentFusers in the parts PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME and PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, respectively, can be carried out by manual gluing or using a manual or semi-automatic placement machine (FIG. 69). However, for high volume manufacturing of ICDC clusters, it is advantageous to perform this integration by means of an automated component placement machine. The most suitable machines are currently the machines of equipment manufacturers such as Universal instruments, Fuji, Siemens, etc. or other equivalent machines.
3. Fabrication of large scale integrated concentrator and diffuser clusters (LSI-CDC for short): for this grouping, the CONRO condenser and DIFFRO optical diffuser are formed directly on the relevant part of the cabinet, thus becoming the substrate; the four substrates to be manufactured were as follows: -PSAT-sessions-DOME part of PSAT-sessions CHASSIS (fig. 93-fig. 96); -the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS (FIG. 102-FIG. 104); -a TRIO-PSAT-chasss-DOME part of a TRIO-PSAT-chasss CHASSIS; QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME part of QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS CHASSIS (FIG. 110-FIG. 112). All CONRO concentrators formed within these substrates are identical and the diffuser is identical for all DIFFRO light.
A) fabrication of PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrates of LSI-CDC clusters: the PSAT-chasss-DOME part of the PSAT-chasss CHASSIS (fig. 93-96) has, although a base plate, a portion in the shape of a quarter hollow hemisphere, including N ducts (94DIFFRO-CNLi) for forming N CONRO concentrators (95CONRO) and extending their fiber sheets, and N additional ducts (94DIFFRO-CNLi) for forming N DIFFRO light diffusers (95DIFFRO) and extending their fiber sheets. The back surface of the substrate is provided with two cylinders, one of which is called CONRO-OUTPUT (93CONRO-OUTPUT) and the other of which is called DIFFRO-INPUT (93 DIFFRO-INPUT); the bases of the CONRO-OUTPUT and DIFFRO-INPUT cylinders are dedicated to the outlet of the conduit associated with the condenser and diffuser, respectively. The conduit associated with the condenser is called CONRO-CNLi, where i is an integer from 1 to N; each CONRO-CNLi conduit has, on the front face of the quarter-hemispherical portion of PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, a cavity called "CONRO-ALVi" (93CONRO-ALVi, 94CONRO-ALVi) shaped so that, once filled with PMMA polymer, it can form a concentrator of one of the types described above, preferably of the DTIRC type; the remainder of the CONRO-CNLi conduit is a tube which can be considered mathematically as a surface generated by a circle whose center Oi moves orthogonally along a central curve CONRO-AiBi between a point Ai, where Ai is the center of the lumen exit surface, and a point Bi, where Bi is located on the bottom surface of the CONRO-OUTPUT cylinder; the N central curves CONRO-AiBi do not intersect one another on the one hand, and on the other hand, they allow the tube produced to take into account the constraints inherent to the optical fiber with respect to the minimum bending radius. The duct associated with the optical radiation diffuser is called DIFFRO-CNLj, where j is an integer from 1 to N; each DIFFRO-CNLj conduit has a small cavity called DIFFRO-ALVj (93DIFFRO-ALVi, 94DIFFRO-ALVi) on the front side of the substrate, shaped to place there a Mini-TD identical to the ConcentFuser; the remainder of the DIFFRO-CNLj conduit is a tube, which mathematically can be thought of as a surface created by a circle whose center Oj moves orthogonally along a central curve DIFFRO-ejf between point Ej and point Fj, where Ej is the center of the lumen exit surface and Fj is located on the bottom surface of the DIFFRO-INPUT cylinder; the N central curves DIFFRO-EjFj do not intersect each other on the one hand, nor the CONRO-AiBi curve, which allows the tube to be produced taking into account the constraints inherent to the fiber with respect to the minimum bending radius. The set of 2 XN CONRO-AiBi curves and DIFFRO-EjFj curves may preferably be constructed as a set of B-splines or a set of non-uniform rational B-splines (i.e., NURBS) in a manner similar to the construction of a concentFuser. The PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate has a large number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to another element of the pseudolite photon with appropriate mortises, as will be described later.
B) fabrication of DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrates of LSI-CDC clusters: the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS (FIGS. 102-104) has a portion in the shape of a semi-hollow hemisphere comprising 2N ducts for forming the CONRO concentrator (103CONROi) and extending its fiber sheet, and 2N additional ducts for forming the DIFFRO light diffuser (103 DIFFRIO) and extending its fiber sheet. The substrate has four cylinders at the back, two of which are called "CONRO-OUTPUT 1" (103CONRO-OUTPUT) CONRO-OUTPUT2(103CONRO-OUTPUT), and the other two of which are called "DIFFO-INPUT 1" (103 DIFFFRO-INPUT) and DIFFO-INPUT 2(103 DIFFFRO-INPUT); the ends of the CONRO-OUTPUT1 and CONRO-OUTPUT2 cylinders are dedicated to the outlet of the conduit associated with the condenser, while the ends of the DIRO-INPUT 1 and DIRO-INPUT 2 cylinders are dedicated to the inlet of the conduit associated with the light diffuser. The 2 xn conduits used to form the CONRO concentrator can be advantageously achieved by making the N conduits identical to those of the PSAT-channels-DOME substrate and by adding N conduits thereto, which are symmetric with respect to the symmetry plane of the semi-hollow hemispherical portion of the DUO-PSAT-channels-DOME part; the same is true for a 2 × N duct used to form the diffuser; the two CONRO-OUTPUT2 and DIFFRO-INPUT2 cylinders are symmetric of the two CONRO-OUTPUT1 and DIFFRO-INPUT1 cylinders, respectively. The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate has a large number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to another element of the pseudolite photon with the appropriate mortise, as will be described later.
C) fabrication of TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrates of LSI-CDC cluster: this TRIO-PSAT-chasss-DOME part of the TRIO-PSAT-chasss CHASSIS has a three-quarter hollow hemispherical shaped section comprising 3 x N ducts for forming the CONRO condenser and extending its fiber sheet, and 3 x N ducts for forming the DIFFRO light diffuser and extending its fiber sheet. The base plate has six cylinders at the rear, three of which are called CONRO-OUTPUT1, CONRO-OUTPUT2, CONRO-OUTPUT3, and the other three are called DIFFRO-INPUT1, DIFFRO-INPUT2, DIFFRO-INPUT 3; the ends of the CONRO-OUTPUT1, CONRO-OUTPUT2, CONRO-OUTPUT3 cylinders are dedicated to the outlet of the conduit associated with the concentrator, while the ends of the DIRO-INPUT 1, DIRO-INPUT 2, DIRO-INPUT 3 cylinders are dedicated to the inlet of the conduit associated with the light diffuser. The 3 xn conduits used to form the CONRO condenser can be advantageously achieved by making the 2 xn conduits identical to those of the DUO-PSAT-chasis-DOME substrate, and by adding N symmetrical conduits of the second quarter-hemisphere conduit above it. The same is true of the 3 xn tubes and six cylinders CONRO-OUTPUT1, CONRO-OUTPUT2, CONRO-OUTPUT3, DIFFRO-INPUT1, DIFFRO-INPUT2, DIFFRO-INPUT3 used to form DIFFRO light diffusers. The TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate has a large number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to another element of the pseudolite photon with an appropriate mortise.
D) fabrication of QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrates of LSI-CDC clusters: the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS (FIGS. 110-112) has a portion in the shape of a hollow hemisphere comprising 4N conduits for forming a CONRO concentrator (111CONROi) and extending its fiber sheets, and 4N conduits for forming a DIFFRO light diffuser (111 DIFFRIO) and extending its fiber sheets. The substrate has eight cylinders at the rear, four of which are called CONRO-OUTPUT1(111CONRO-OUTPUT), CONRO-OUTPUT2(111CONRO-OUTPUT), CONRO-OUTPUT3(111CONRO-OUTPUT), CONRO-OUTPUT4(111CONRO-OUTPUT), and the other four of which are called DIFFRO-INPUT1(111 DIFFFRO-INPUT), DIFFFRO-INPUT 2(111 DIFFFRO-INPUT), DIFFFRO-INPUT 3(111 DIFFFRO-INPUT), DIFFFRO-INPUT 4; the ends of the cylinders CONRO-OUTPUT1, CONRO-OUTPUT2, CONRO-OUTPUT3, CONRO-OUTPUT4 are dedicated to the outlet of the conduit associated with the condenser, while the ends of the cylinders DIFFRO-INPUT1, DIFFRO-INPUT2, DIFFRO-INPUT3, DIFFRO-INPUT4 are dedicated to the inlet of the conduit associated with the diffuser. The 4 XN conduits used to form the CONRO condenser can be advantageously achieved by making the 2 XN conduits identical to the conduits of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate, and by adding 2 XN conduits thereto, the 2 XN conduits being symmetric about the symmetry plane of the hollow hemispherical portion of the QUATOU-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component. The same is true of the 4 xn conduits used to form the DIFFRO light diffuser; the four cylinders CONRO-OUTPUT3, DIFFRO-INPUT3, CONRO-OUTPUT4 and DIFFRO-INPUT4 are symmetric bodies of the four cylinders CONRO-OUTPUT2, DIFFRO-INPUT2, CONRO-OUTPUT1 and DIFFRO-INPUT1 with respect to the same plane, respectively. The QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate has a large number of small hemispherical tenons that can be precisely attached by gluing it to another element of the pseudolite photon with appropriate mortises, as will be described later.
E) formation of concentrators and associated fibers within the substrate PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME of the LSI-CDC cluster: for the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate (FIGS. 93-96), formation of the concentrator and associated optical fibers, after sputter deposition of the CDIG cladding, if desired, can be achieved by simultaneously injecting PMMA polymer into the N CONRO-CNLi conduits (94CONRO-CNLi) of the LSI-CDC cluster substrate so as to align the interior of each conduit of the substrate; this PMMA polymer can be replaced by another product having at least the same properties. The injection may be performed simultaneously or later by a molding process to form the receiving surface of the concentrator and the end of the associated fiber. The same procedure was used for the other substrates DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME.
-3.f) formation of diffuser-related fibers in a PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate of an LSI-CDC cluster: for the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate (FIGS. 93-96), formation of the optical fiber associated with the diffuser can be achieved by simultaneously injecting PMMA polymer into N sections of the DIFFRO-CNLi conduits used to form the LSI-CDC cluster of optical fibers, if desired, after sputter deposition of the CDIG cladding layer, so as to align the interior of each conduit of the substrate. All small cavities DIFFRO-ALVi (94DIFFRO-ALVi) must be kept empty so that the Mini-TD diffusion head can be placed in a later step. The injection may be accompanied by a molding process, either simultaneously or subsequently, to form the end of the optical fiber. The same procedure was used for the other substrates DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME.
-3.g) manufacturing a plurality of Mini-TD diffusion heads and integrating in LSI-CDC cluster type PSAT-sessions-DOME, DUO-PSAT-sessions-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-sessions-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-sessions-DOME substrates: these Mini-TD diffusion heads are the same as those of ConcentrfFuser. For mass production, N, 2 XN, 3 XN, 4 XN micro TD diffuser heads are advantageously integrated into the PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME substrates of the LSI-CDC cluster, respectively, by using an automatic component placement machine (e.g., a chip shooter or others); it is reminded that these substrates already contain the concentrator and its optical fibers as well as the optical fibers of the diffuser, which is achieved by injection molding techniques. Currently, more suitable automatic component placement machines are available from equipment manufacturers of Universal instruments, Fuji, Siemens, etc., or other equivalent machines.
Method for manufacturing protective cover of DIFFRO light diffuser of 6.3.2-CONRO condenser, PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME parts
The protective covers (fig. 44, fig. 50, fig. 52, fig. 58, fig. 60, fig. 71, fig. 73, fig. 81, fig. 87, fig. 89, fig. 96, fig. 98, fig. 104, fig. 106, fig. 112, fig. 114) for the CONRO condenser and DIFFRO diffuser protection of PSAT-channels-DOME, DUOPSAT-channels-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-channels-DOME components are hollow bodies whose front faces conform to the shape of these components. The base is provided with two micro cylinders for a PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component, four micro cylinders for a DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component, six micro cylinders for a TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component and eight micro cylinders for a QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component; each of these microcylinders has a notch according to the latching latch of the PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component, as will be described below. These masks can be made by moulding and the material must be transparent to optical radiation of the appropriate wavelength.
Method for manufacturing 6.3.3-CONSTROP, CONSOP optical converter and DEVIFROP beam deflector
The CONSTROP and constop optical converters are identical (fig. 33), except for their use; indeed, if the collimated spot light radiation source is emitted in a suitable manner at the end of the optical fiber at the input of the CONFROP converter, the FROP beam will emerge therefrom; if an incident FROP beam is sent in a suitable manner on a CONSOP converter, a source of collimated optical radiation will be present on the end of the fiber placed in a suitable manner at the input of the CONSOP converter. Therefore, we will only make one of them, for example, a CONFROP photoconverter. To this end, a one-piece socket (33CONSOP-COMFROP-BODY) and an associated cylindrical RING (33FASTENING-RING) are first fabricated. The socket is positioned to receive the entrance of a biconvex collimating or focusing LENS (33COLLIM-FOCUS-LENS) and an optical fiber (33 optical-fiber). The cylindrical ring is sized to securely hold the biconvex collimating lens within the socket. The lenticular lens is preferably a thick lens or even a ball lens for the same reasons as in the case of the condenser. If the optical fiber has been properly inserted into the socket, the lenticular lens is positioned so that its focal point coincides with the end of the optical fiber. The exterior of the socket includes two precisely aligned tenons called "precisely aligned tenons" (termed "aligned' precision"), abbreviated as "CONFROP-TALP 1" and "CONSOP-TALP 2" (33CONSOP-CONFROP-TALP1, 33CONSOP-CONFROP-TALP 2). These two tenons coincide with two of the four precision positioning slots located within each CFO duct, as described below. The material of the lenticular lens is preferably fused quartz or PMMA and the material of the socket is a rigid lightweight material.
The DEVIFROP optical deflectors (36DEVIFROP4, 36DEVIFROP3, 37DEVIFROP2, 38DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP2, 39DEVIFROP3, 39DEVIFROP4) are classified into four categories based on their location in the CFO ducts, regardless of the level of these ducts. Thus, the DEVIFROP optical deflector for the PNIVk-CFO1 conduit for the level plane numbered k (i.e., the PNIVk plane) is referred to as DEVIFROP-CFO1(38DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP1) regardless of the value of the number k between 1 and 4; the deflector of the PNIVk-CFO2 catheter for PNIVk levels is called DEVIFROP-CFO2(37DEVIFROP2, 39DEVIFROP 2); the deflector of the PNIVk-CFO3 catheter for PNIVk levels is called DEVIFROP-CFO3(36DEVIFROP3, 39DEVIFROP 3); the deflector of the PNIVk-CFO4 catheter for PNIVk levels is referred to as DEVIFROP-CFO4(36DEVIFROP4, 39DEVIFROP 4). Each deflector has the shape of a 90 ° curved hollow tube, called "90 ° deflection tube", shortly called "devippipe-90 °", comprising a micro-deflection mirror, called devipirr, placed on the curved side within the devippipe-90 ° tube, and a fixing plate, called DEVIPIRE, for fixing the mirror devipirr and placed above the mirror devipirr. The inner surface of the devilpe-90 ° tube can be mathematically described as a combination of two sections belonging to two cylindrical surfaces whose generatrices D1, D2 are perpendicular and whose directrix curves are two rectangles or two squares or two circles of the same size; the outer surface can be described in the same mathematical way except that the directrix curve is slightly larger in size. The outer surface of each devilpe-90 ° tube has four precisely aligned tenons, abbreviated as DEVIT-TALP1, DEVIT-TALP2, DEVIT-TALP3, DEVIT-TALP4(38 deviforp 1-TALP1, 38 deviforp 1-TALP3, 38 ifdevip 1-TALP4, 37 ifrop2-TALP1, 37 deviforp 2-TALP2, 37 ifrop2-TALP4, 36 deviforp 3-TALP1, 37 deviforprop 2-TALP1), which is identical to one of the above-studied CONSTROP and CONSOP light converters; thus, these deflectors can be installed in the same CFO duct, alternating with the CONSTROP or constop optical converters; this property is very advantageous for the construction of photonic pseudolites, depending on their location in the SICOMS F system. The DEVIMIRR mirror (36DEVIMIRR4, 36DEVIMIRR3, 37DEVIMIRR2, 38DEVIMIRR1, 39DEVIMIRR1, 39DEVIMIRR2, 39DEVIMIRR3, 39DEVIMIRR4) is a right-angled prism, and the substrate of the DEVIMIRR mirror is an isosceles right triangle; the large face thereof, i.e. the side face forming an angle θ of 45 ° with each of the other two side faces, is reflective and constitutes a mirror on which the FROP beam is incident; the prism has three identical holes for passing three set screws and ensuring precise alignment within the devilpe-90 ° tube; in addition, the devipirr mirror includes four slots that coincide with four dowels located within the devilppe-90 tube to improve the accuracy of this alignment. The four deflectors DEVIFROP-CFO1, DEVIFROP-CFO2, DEVIFROP-CFO3, DEVIFROP-CFO4 are identical at any point except that the length of the DEVIPIPE-90 ° tube is different; due to these differences, these four tubes are referred to as DEVIPE-90-CFO 1, DEVIPE-90-CFO 2, DEVIPE-90-CFO 3, and DEVIPE-90-CFO 4, respectively. The working principle of the deviforop deflector is as follows: any incident FROP beam whose axis coincides with the axis of the DEVIPIPE-90 ° undergoes an angular deflection equal to 90 ° after passing through the deviforop mirror. The preferred material for making the devilpe-90 tube is a rigid lightweight material.
6.3.4-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE case PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part manufacturing method
The PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE components (119PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-BARE, 119 PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-CONFIRED) of the PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS are composed of several elements (FIGS. 42-46, 71-76, 96-101, 119, 120) which are assembled by screwing or gluing after installation of the CONSTROP and CONSOP light converter and, if necessary, the DEVIFROP deflector. It is reminded that the presence or absence of deviforp deflectors depends on the position of the pseudolite satellites in the SICOSF system. The number of these elements is a function of the number of levels of the CFO duct; elements located at the end of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component are called PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER; if there are two levels, there is an additional element called PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-CENTRAL, which is inserted in order between the elements PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER, to facilitate its formation. How to make components with one, two and four PNIV levels for a CFO duct is shown in sequence below; these components are referred to as "PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-Levels", "PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-Fourlevels", respectively. It can be manufactured as follows:
1. Production of parts PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel (FIGS. 42, 43, 71, 72, 96, 97, 119 and 120): since it has only one PNIV level, this part is composed of two elements, called "PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER" (42PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 71PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 96PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER) and PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER (42PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 71PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 79PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 96PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER), which are assembled to form four ducts CFO1, CFO2, CFO3 and CFO 4. Both elements can be made by molding a rigid and lightweight opaque material.
A) element PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER: the upper surface of this element includes half of the four CFO catheters and half of the sixteen precision alignment slots, referred to as CFO1-RALP1, CFO1-RALP2, CFO1-RALP3, CFO1-RALP4 for CFO1 catheter; CFO2-RALP1, CFO2-RALP2, CFO2-RALP3, CFO2-RALP4 for CFO2 catheter; CFO3-RALP1, CFO3-RALP2, CFO3-RALP3, CFO3-ralP4 for CFO3 catheter; CF4-RALP1, CF4-RALP2, CF4-RALP3, CF4-RALP4 for CF4 catheter. The height of the feature can cover the back of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part and act as a support for the CONRO condenser and DIFFRO diffuser protective cover; it includes channels for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) couplers, and four aligned mortises to ensure accurate assembly with the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER element.
B) element PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER the lower surface of the element comprises the other half of the four CFO conduits and the other half of the sixteen precisely aligned slots. These halves are identical to the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element and are arranged so that after assembly of the two elements, they become symmetrical with respect to the PNIV level. The PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER element includes a channel for passing optical fibers of CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, and four precisely aligned tenons for mating with the four aligned mortises of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element for precise assembly.
2. Production of parts PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels (FIGS. 44, 45, 73, 74, 98, 99): due to the two PNIV planes, the part is composed of three elements, namely PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Levels-LOWER (44PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 73PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 98PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 99PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER), PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Levels-UPPER (44PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 73PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 98PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 99PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER) and PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Twolvels-CENTRAL (44PSAT-CHASSIS-CENTRAL, 73PSAT-CHASSIS-CENTRAL, 98PSAT-CHASSIS-CENTRAL99 PSAT-CENTRARAL). The assembly of these three elements forms eight catheters, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4 for PNIV1 level; PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3 and PNIV2-CFO4 for PNIV2 level. These three elements may be fabricated by molding a rigid and opaque material.
A) element PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER: the upper surface of the element comprises half of four CFO catheters of PNIV2 level, namely PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4, and half of sixteen precision alignment grooves, namely PNIV2-CFO1-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP4 for PNIV2-CFO1 catheters; PNIV2-CFO2-RALPH1, PNIV2-CFO2-RALPH2, PNIV2-CFO2-RALPH3, PNIV2-CFO2-RALPH4 for PNIV2-CFO2 catheter; PNIV2-CFO3-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP4 for PNIV2-CFO3 catheter; PNIV2-CF4-RALP1, PNIV2-CF4-RALP2, PNIV2-CF4-RALP3 and PNIV2-CF4-RALP4 for PNIV2-CF4 catheters. The height of the feature can cover the back of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part and act as a support for the CONRO condenser and DIFFRO diffuser protective cover; it includes fiber channels for CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR optical couplers (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER), and four precision alignment tenons to ensure precise assembly with PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels elements.
B) element PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER: the lower surface of the element comprises half of four CFO catheters of PNIV1 level, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, and half of sixteen precision alignment grooves, namely PNIV1-CFO1-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP3, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP4 for PNIV1-CFO1 catheters; PNIV1-CFO2-RALPH1, PNIV1-CFO2-RALPH2, PNIV1-CFO2-RALPH3, PNIV1-CFO2-RALPH4 for use in PNIV1-CFO2 catheter; PNIV1-CFO3-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP3, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP4 for use in PNIV1-CFO3 catheter; PNIV1-CFO4-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO4-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO4-RALP3 and PNIV1-CFO4-RALP4 for PNIV1-CFO4 catheter. This element also includes channels for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) optical couplers, and four precision alignment tenons for mating with the four alignment grooves of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL to ensure accurate assembly therewith.
C) the elements PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL: the upper surface of this element comprises the other half of the four CFO tubes of PNIV1 level, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, and half of the sixteen associated precisely aligned slots; the two halves of the catheter and the precision grooves are identical to the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element and are arranged so that they are plane-symmetric with respect to the PNIV1 level after assembly of the elements. The lower surface of this element comprises the other half of the four CFO ducts of the PNIV2 level, namely the other half of PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4 ducts and sixteen associated precisely aligned slots; the two halves of the catheter and the precision groove are identical to one half of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element and are arranged in such a way that they are plane-symmetric with respect to the level of PNIV2 after the elements are assembled. In addition, the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element includes a channel for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) couplers, and eight alignment tenons, four of which are used to mate with the four precision alignment tenons of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LEVELS-UPPER, and four of which are used to mate with the four precision alignment tenons of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LEVELS-UPPER.
3. Production of parts PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels (FIGS. 46, 47, 75, 76, 100, 101): this component is formed by adding a MODULE called PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL (46 PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL, 75 PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL, 100 PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL) to the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels component already established above. The ADD-in MODULE consists of three elements, namely, PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL-LOWER (46 PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-LOWER, 75 PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-LOWER, 100 PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-LOWER), PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL-UPPER (46 PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-UPPER, 75 PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODE-UPPER, 100 PSAT-SSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL-UPPER), and PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL-LOWER-100
(46PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE-CENTRAL,75PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE-CENTRAL,100 PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE-CENTRAL.) it can be manufactured by moulding techniques using an opaque material (rigid and light), preferably the same material as used for manufacturing the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel part:
-3.a) element PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL-LOWER: this element is identical in all respects to the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element, except for the height reduction, and can therefore be installed below the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element.
-3.b) a PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODULE-UPPER element: this element is identical in all respects to the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element.
C) element PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADMODITIONAL-MODULE-CENTRAL: this element is identical in all respects to the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element.
6.3.5-DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component manufacturing method
The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS is composed of several elements (FIGS. 50-55, 79-84, 104-109) which are assembled by screwing or gluing after installation of the CONSTROP and CONSOP light converter and, if necessary, the DEVIFROP deflector. The number of these elements depends on the number of levels of the CFO duct; the elements at the end of DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE are called DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER; if there are two levels, there is an additional element called DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-CENTRAL that is inserted between the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER elements to form it. In the following, it will be shown in turn how to construct components with one, two and four PNIV levels of CFO ducts; these components are called DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel, DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-TwoLevel, DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-FourLevel, respectively.
Since DUO-PSAT is a grouping of two side-by-side photonic pseudolites, it is advantageous to use symmetries for some portions of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component of the PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS constructed above in order to simplify the fabrication of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Level, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevel components. The adopted method is as follows:
1. production of DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel component (FIGS. 50, 51, 79, 80, 104, 105): because there is only one level, it includes two elements, namely DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER (50DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER,79DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER,104DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER) and DUO-PSAT-BASE-OneLevel-PER (50DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER,79DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER,104DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER). The two elements are assembled to form eight ducts CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4, CFO5, CFO6, CFO7, and CFO 8. The four ducts CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4 are identical to the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE unit, and the four ducts CFO5, CFO6, CFO7, CFO8 are symmetrical with respect to the plane. Both elements can be made by molding techniques using opaque materials, rigid materials and lightweight materials.
A) element DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER the upper surface of this element comprises half of these 8 CFO conduits and half of 32 precision alignment slots called "CFoi-RALPj"; i is an integer from 1 to 8, denoting the number of the CFO ducts, j is an integer from 1 to 4, denoting the number of the precisely aligned slots on the duct CFOi; for example, CFO7-RALP2 represents the No. 2 slot of the No. 7 CFO catheter. The height of this feature is such that it can cover the back of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part and also act as a support for the CONRO condenser and DIFFRO diffuser protective cover; the DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element also includes two channels and five aligned mortises for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) couplers to ensure accurate assembly with the DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element.
B) element DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER: the lower surface of the element includes the other half of the eight CFO ducts and the other half of the thirty-two precision alignment slots. These halves are identical to the halves of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element, so that after assembly, they are symmetrical with respect to the water level. The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER element further includes two channels for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, and five precisely aligned tenons for mating with the five aligned mortises of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element to achieve precise assembly.
2. Production of part DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels (FIG. 52, FIG. 53, FIG. 81, FIG. 82, FIG. 106, FIG. 107): has two PNIV planes, so that the part consists of three elements, namely DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel-LOWER (52DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER,81DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER,106DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER), DUO-PSAT-BASE-TwoLevel-PER (52DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER,81DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER,106DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER) and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel-CENTRAL (52DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-CENTRAL,81 DUO-PSAT-SSIS-CENTRAPSASL, 106 DUO-CHASSIS-RARAWELL). The three elements, when assembled, may form sixteen conduits, PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, PNIV1-CFO5, PNIV1-CFO6, PNIV1-CFO7, PNIV1-CFO8 for PNIV1 level; PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4, PNIV2-CFO5, PNIV2-CFO6, PNIV2-CFO7 and PNIV2-CFO8 for PNIV2 level. These three elements can be made by molding techniques using opaque rigid and lightweight materials.
A) the element DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER: the upper surface of this element includes half of the eight CFO ducts of the PNIV2 level, namely PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4, PNIV2-CFO5, PNIV2-CFO6, PNIV2-CFO7, PNIV2-CFO8, and half of thirty-two precisely aligned slots called PNIV2-CFOi-RALPj, where i is an integer from 1 to 8, representing the number of CFO ducts of the PNIV2 level, and j is an integer from 1 to 4, representing the number of precisely aligned slots on the CFOi duct; for example, PNIV2-CFO6-RALP3 represents the number 3 channel of a number 6 CFO catheter located at the level of PNIV 2. The height of this feature can cover the back of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part and act as a support for the protective cover of the CONRO condenser and DIFFRO diffuser. The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Levels-LOWER element also includes two channels for CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) couplers, and five precisely aligned tenons to ensure precise assembly with the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element.
B) the element DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER: the lower surface of this element includes half of the eight CFO ducts of the PNIV1 level, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, PNIV1-CFO5, PNIV1-CFO6, PNIV1-CFO7, PNIV1-CFO8, and half of the thirty-two precision alignment slots referred to as PNIV1-CFOi-RALPj, where i is an integer from 1 to 8, representing the number of CFO ducts of the PNIV1 level, and j is an integer from 1 to 4 representing the number of precision alignment slots on a CFO duct. The DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element further comprises two channels for optical fibers of CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) couplers, and five precision alignment tenons for matching with the five alignment mortises of the DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element to realize precise assembly.
C) the element DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL: the upper surface of this element comprises the other half of the eight CFO conduits of PNIV1 level, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, PNIV1-CFO5, PNIV1-CFO6, PNIV1-CFO7, PNIV1-CFO8, and half of thirty-two associated precision alignment slots; half of the conduit and half of the associated precisely aligned groove are identical to those of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element and are positioned so that they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV1 level after assembly of the elements. The lower surface of this element comprises the other half of the eight CFO conduits of the PNIV2 level, namely PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4, PNIV2-CFO5, PNIV2-CFO6, PNIV2-CFO7, PNIV2-CFO8, and the other half of the thirty-two related precision alignment slots; half of the associated CFO duct and half of the associated precisely aligned slot are identical to half of the DUO-PSAT-channels-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element and are positioned such that, after assembly of the elements, they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV2 plane. The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Levels-CENTRAL element further includes two channels for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) couplers, and ten aligning mortises, five of which are for mating with five precision aligning tenons of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Levels-elements and five of which are for mating with five precision aligning tenons of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Twovel-elements.
3. Production of part DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels (FIG. 54, FIG. 55, FIG. 83, FIG. 84, FIG. 108, FIG. 109): this part is formed by adding a MODULE called DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL (54 DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL, 83 DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL, 108 DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITID-MODEL) to the double DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Twovel component already established above. This add-on module consists of three elements, respectively: DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITION-MODEL-LOWER (54 DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-LOWER, 83 DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-LOWER, 108 DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-LOWER), DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITION-MODEL-UPPER (54O-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-UPPER, 83 DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODE-UPPER, 108 DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-UPPER), and DUO-PSAT-BASE-SSION-MODEL-54 CHASSIS-MODEL-LOWER (54 DUO-PSAT-BASE-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITION-MODEL-LOWER-UPPER, 83 DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODELE-CENTRAL, 108 DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODE-CENTRAL). The part may be made by a moulding technique using an opaque, rigid and lightweight material, and is preferably the same material as the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels part:
A) the elements DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-MODITIONAL-MODULE-LOWER: this element is identical in all respects to the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element, except for the height reduction, and can therefore be installed below the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element.
B) the element DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-DOUBLE-MODEL-UPPER: this element is identical in all respects to the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element.
C) the elements DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADMODITIONAL-MODULE-CENTRAL: this element is identical in all respects to the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRA element.
Method for manufacturing QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component of 6.3.6-QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS
The QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component of the QUATUOR-PSAT-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS is composed of several elements (FIGS. 58-63, 87-92, 112-117) which are assembled by screwing or gluing after installation of the CONSTROP and CONSOP light converter and, if necessary, the DEVIFROP deflector. The number of these elements depends on the number of levels of the CFO duct; the elements located at the end of QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE are called QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER; if there are two PNIV levels, there is an additional element called "QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-CENTRAL" that is inserted into the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-LOWER and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-UPPER elements to form it. Components with primary, secondary and quaternary CFO ducts will be built up in sequence; these components are called QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevel, respectively.
Since QUATUOR-PSAT is a grouping of four photonic pseudolites placed side by side, in order to simplify the fabrication of QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevel components, it is advantageous to use symmetries for some portions of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE components of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS constructed above. To construct this, it can be done as follows: the adopted method is as follows:
1. production of component QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel (FIGS. 58, 59, 87, 88, 112, 113): since there is only One PNIV level, it contains two elements, namely QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER (58QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 87QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 112QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER) and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-One-UPPER (58QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 87QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 112 QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER). The assembly of these two elements forms sixteen conduits CFOi, where i is an integer between 1 and 16, representing the number of the CFO conduits. Eight CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4, CFO5, CFO6, CFO7, CFO8 conduits are identical to the conduits in the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE unit, and the other eight conduits are symmetrical with respect to the plane. Both elements can be made by molding a rigid and lightweight opaque material.
A) the elements QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER: the upper surface of this element includes half of these 16 CFO ducts and half of 64 precisely aligned slots, called CFOi-RALPj, where i is an integer from 1 to 16, denoting the number of CFO ducts, and j is an integer from 1 to 4 denoting the number of precisely aligned slots on the CFOi duct. The height of this feature can cover the back of the QUATUOR-CHASSIS-DOME part and act as a support for the protective cover of the CONRO condenser and DIFFRO diffuser. The DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element also includes four channels for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) couplers, and four aligned mortises to ensure accurate assembly with the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER element.
B) the element QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER: the lower surface of the element includes the other half of the sixteen CFO ducts and the other half of the sixty-four precision alignment slots. These halves are identical to the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element and are positioned so that, after assembly of the two elements, they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV level. The QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER element also includes four channels for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) couplers, and four precisely aligned tenons for mating with the four aligned mortises of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element to achieve precise assembly.
2. Production of component QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels (FIG. 60, FIG. 61, FIG. 89, FIG. 90, FIG. 114, FIG. 115): due to the two PNIV planes, it contains three elements, called QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel-LOWER (60QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER,89QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER,114QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER), QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Twovel-UPPER (60QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER,89QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER,114QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER) and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Twovel-CENTRAL (60QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-CENTRAL,89QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-CENTRAL,114 QUAT-PSAT-Twovel-CESSIS-CENTRAL). The combination of these three elements forms thirty-two PNIVk-CFOi conduits, where k is an integer from 1 to 2, representing the PNIV level numbering, and i is an integer from 1 to 16, representing the PNIVk level CFO numbering. These three elements can be made by molding techniques using opaque rigid and lightweight materials.
A) element QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER the upper surface of this element comprises half of sixteen CFO tubes at the PNIV2 level, namely PNIV2-CFOi tubes, and half of sixty-four precisely aligned slots called PNIV2-CFOi-RALPj, where i is an integer from 1 to 16, denoting the number of CFO tubes at the PNIV2 level, and j is an integer from 1 to 4 denoting the number of precisely aligned slots on a CFOi tube. The height of this feature can cover the back of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part and act as a support for the protective cover of the CONRO condenser and DIFFRO diffuser. The QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-Levels-LOWER element also includes four channels for CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) couplers and four optical fibers of precision alignment tenons, as well as four precision alignment tenons to ensure precise assembly with the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element.
B) the element QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER: the lower surface of this element includes half of the sixteen CFO tubes of the PNIV1 level, namely the PNIV1-CFOi tube, and half of the sixty-four precision alignment slots called PNIV1-CFOi-RALPj, where i is an integer from 1 to 16, representing the number of CFO tubes of the PNIV1 level, and j is an integer from 1 to 4, representing the number of precision alignment slots on the CFOi tube. The QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element also includes four channels for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) couplers, and four precision alignment tenons for mating with the four alignment mortises of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element to ensure accurate assembly.
C) the elements QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL: the upper surface of this element comprises the other half of the sixteen CFO ducts of the PNIV1 level, namely PNIV1-CFOi, where i is an integer from 1 to 16, the number of CFO ducts representing the PNIV1 level, and half of the sixty-four associated precision alignment slots; half of the CFO conduit and half of the associated precisely aligned slot are identical to half of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element and are positioned so that they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV1 level after the elements are assembled. The lower surface of this element comprises the other half of the sixteen CFO ducts of the PNIV2 level, namely the PNIV2-CFOi duct, and the other half of the sixty-four associated precision alignment slots, where i is an integer from 1 to 16, denoting the number of CFO ducts of the PNIV2 level; half of the CFO tube and half of the precision alignment groove are identical to half of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element and are positioned such that, after assembly of the elements, they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV2 level. The QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Levels-CENTRAL element further includes four channels for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) couplers, and eight alignment dowels, four of which are for mating with the four precision alignment dowels of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel-UPPER element, and four of which are for mating with the four precision alignment dowels of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel element.
3. Production of parts QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels (FIGS. 62, 68, 91, 92, 116, 117): this part is formed by adding an ADDITIONAL MODULE called QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL (62 QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITION-MODEL, 91 QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL, 116 QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL) to the already constructed QUATUOR-PSAT-BASE-LEVEL component. The additional module consists of the following three elements, which are respectively: QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONION-MODEL-LOWER (62 QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-LOWER, 91 QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-LOWER, 116 QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-LOWER), QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODE-UPPER (62 QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-UPPER, 91 QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-MODEL-UPPER, 116 QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-MODEL-UPPER), and QUATOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-MODEL-ADDITION-UPPER (62 QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-MODEL-ADDE-MODEL-UPPER, 91QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE-CENTRAL,116QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE-CENTRAL) these three elements can be made by molding a rigid and lightweight opaque material, preferably the same material as used to make QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel parts:
A) the element QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-DADMENTAL-MODELE-LOWER, which is identical in all respects to the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel-LOWER element except for its reduced height, can therefore be installed below the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel-LOWER element.
B) the element QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-DADMENTAL-MODEL-UPPER: this element is identical in all respects to the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element.
C) the elements QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Levels-ADDITIONAL-MODULE-CENTRAL: this element is identical in all respects to the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element.
6.3.7-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE case PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE part manufacturing method
The PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component (121PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-BARE, 122PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-BARE, 122 PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-CONGURED) of the PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS is composed of four main elements (FIG. 121-FIG. 122), which are called PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER (121INTERFACE-LOWER), PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1(121INTERFACE-LATCH INTERFACE 1), PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2(121INTERFACE-LATCH2), and PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM (121INTERFACE-DRUM), respectively. The three elements PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LLOWER, PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1 and PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2 may be assembled, preferably by gluing. Preferably, the two elements, PSAT-CHARSISS-INTERFACE-LOWER and PSAT-CHARSISS-INTERFACE-DRUM, may be assembled by screwing after placing the CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) optical couplers. The manufacturing method of all these elements is as follows:
PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element: this element (121INTERFACE-LOWER) is used for mounting by screwing the upper surface of the PSAT-channels-BASE component (fig. 42-46, 71-76, 96-101, 119, 120); it is reminded that the UPPER surface corresponds to the element PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER or PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-TwoLevel-UPPER or PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-FourLevel-UPPER. The PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element also comprises a bracket, namely PSAT-CRADLE, which is used for installing the CONSOP-CPLR and CONFROP-CPLR optical couplers. The PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element must be constructed consistently with the part PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE; the threaded holes are surrounded by an alignment hollow cylinder for precise alignment when assembling the elements. The PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element may be made by molding techniques using a rigid and lightweight opaque material, preferably the same material as used to make the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component.
2. The two elements (121INTERFACE-LATCH 1) of elements PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1 and PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2 form a locking/unlocking device by latching of the protective cover associated with the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME component; it is identical and is designed in such a way that, on the one hand, the latch of each of them can engage, by simple pressure, in a suitable recess of the protective covers of the CONRO condenser and DIFFRO diffuser of PSAT-chasis-DOME, to lock and hold them in this state, and, on the other hand, can be unlocked by simple friction of the relative push-button. The components of the mechanism used to construct this element are mainly helical springs, and other parts that a person skilled in the art of micromechanics knows how to manufacture and assemble.
3. Element PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM: the element (121INTERFACE-DRUM) consists of two concentric cylinders, the smaller one of which is mounted on top of the larger one; each of these cylinders has a helical groove on its outer surface. The largest cylinder has two large openings in the transverse direction for passing the optical fiber before it is wound around the spiral grooves of the two cylinders, and holes for fixing it to a PSAT-CHARSS-INTERFACE-LOWER element (121INTERFACE-LOWER) by screwing.
Manufacturing method of DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component of 6.3.8-DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS case
The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE part (123 DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-CONFIRED) of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS is composed of six main elements (FIG. 123), which are called DUO-PSAT-INTERFACE-LOWER (123INTERFACE-LOWER), DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATH 1(123 INTERFACE-LATH 1), DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATH 2(123 INTERFACE-LATH 2), DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATH 3(123 INTERFACE-LATH 3), DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH4(123 INTERFACE-CHASSIS-4), and INTERFACE-LATCH3(123INTERFACE-LATCH 1). The five elements DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-Lower, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2-LATCH4 may be assembled, preferably by gluing. Preferably, the two elements DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM may be assembled by screwing after placing the CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) optical couplers. The manufacturing method of all these elements is as follows:
1. Element DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER the element (123INTERFACE-LOWER) is used to install this element (123INTERFACE-LOWER) by screwing the upper surface of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component (FIGS. 50-55, 79-84, 104-109); in this reminder, the top surface corresponds to the DUO-PSAT-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER or DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-TwoLevel-UPPER or DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-FourLevel-UPPER. The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element comprises a bracket, namely DUO-PSAT-CRADLE, which is used for installing CONSOP-CPLR and CONSOP-CPLR optical couplers. The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element must be constructed consistently with the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component; the threaded holes are surrounded by an alignment hollow cylinder for precise alignment when assembling the elements. The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element may be fabricated by molding a rigid, lightweight opaque material, preferably the same material as the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component.
2. Elements DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3 and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH 4: these four elements (123INTERFACE-LATCH1, 123INTERFACE-LATCH2, 123INTERFACE-LATCH3, 123INTERFACE-LATCH4) form a locking/unlocking device by latching of the boot associated with the DUO-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME component; it is identical and is designed in such a way that, on the one hand, its latch can engage by simple pressure in a suitable recess of the protective covers of the CONRO condenser and DIFFRO diffuser of the DUO-PSAT-chasis-DOME, to lock and hold it in this state, and, on the other hand, it can be unlocked by simple friction of the relative push-button. The components of the mechanism used to construct this element are mainly helical springs, and other parts that a person skilled in the art of micromechanics knows how to manufacture and assemble.
3. Element DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM: the element (123INTERFACE-DRUM) is the same as the PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM element (121INTERFACE-DRUM) of the PSAT-CHASSIS case.
Method for manufacturing QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component of 6.3.9-QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS
QUATUOR-PSAT-SSIS-INTERFACE component (124 QUAT-PSAT-INTERFACE-CONGURED) of QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS CHASSIS is composed of ten main elements (FIG. 124), namely QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER (124INTERFACE-LOWER), QUATUOR-PSAT-INTERFACE-LATCH 1(124INTERFACE-LATCH1), QUATOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH 2(124 INTERFACE-2), QUATUOR-PSAT-INTERFACE-LATCH 3(124INTERFACE-LATCH3), QUATOR-PSAT-SSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH 4 (INTERFACE-LATCH 4623), INTERFACE-LATCH 4623 (INTERFACE-LATCH 4623), INTERFACE-LATCH1, LATCH-LATCH 1(124INTERFACE-LATCH1), QUATUAOR-PSAT-INTERFACE-2), INTERFACE-LATCH1, LATCH5, INTERFACE-LATOR-LATCH 5, INTERFACE-LATCH-LATCH 4623, INTERFACE-LATOR-LATCH-, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-INTERFACE-LATCH 8(124INTERFACE-LATCH8), QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-INTERFACE-DRUM (124 INTERFACE-DRUM). Nine elements QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER, QUATUOR-PSAT-INTERFACE-LATCH 1, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, QUATUOR-PSAT-INTERFACE-LATCH 3, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH4, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH5, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH6, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH7, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH8 may be assembled, preferably by gluing. Preferably, the two elements QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM can be assembled by screwing after placing the CONSOP-CPLR (34 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35 OPCOAPLER-COMBINER) optical couplers. The manufacturing method of all these elements is as follows:
QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element: the element (124INTERFACE-LOWER) is mounted by screwing on the upper surface of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component (FIGS. 58-63, 87-92, 112-117); it is to be noted here that this UPPER surface corresponds to the element QUATUOR-PSAT-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER or QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-Twolvels-UPPER or QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE-FourLevel-UPPER. The QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element further comprises a bracket, namely QUATUOR-PSAT-CRADLE, for mounting the CONSOP-CPLR and CONFROP-CPLR optical couplers. The QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-INTERFACE-LOWER element must be constructed in conformity with the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-BASE component; the threaded hole is surrounded by an alignment hollow cylinder for precise alignment when assembling the elements; the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element may be fabricated by molding a rigid, lightweight opaque material, preferably the same material as the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE component.
2. Elements QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH4, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH4, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH6, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH7, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH 8: these eight elements (124INTERFACE-LATCH1 to 124INTERFACE-LATCH8) form locking/unlocking means by the latching of the protective cover associated with the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHARSS-DOME component; it is identical and is designed in such a way that, on the one hand, each of its latches can engage by simple pressure in a suitable recess of the protective covers of the CONRO condenser and of the DIFFRO diffuser of quator-PSAT-charis-DOME, to lock and hold it in this state, and, on the other hand, can be unlocked by simple friction of the relative push-button. The components of the mechanism used to construct this element are mainly helical springs, and other parts that a person skilled in the art of micromechanics knows how to manufacture and assemble.
3. Element QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM: the element (124INTERFACE-DRUM) is the same as the PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM element (121INTERFACE-DRUM) of the PSAT-CHASSIS case.
6.4-method of manufacturing an adapter for FROP Beam communication and combination of an adapter and a Photonic pseudolite
This subsection provides a detailed way of making the main components, on the one hand, the independent adapter for the FROP beam, i.e., ADAPT-COMFROP, and on the other hand, the combination of adapters for FROP beam communication with a single photonic pseudolite, i.e., COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT, or with a grouping of two photonic pseudolites, i.e., COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT. Furthermore, it is reminded here that all these adapters are described in section three of the disclosure herein and in section 6.2.1 "architecture of the interconnection network IRECH-RF-OP".
6.4.4 manufacturing method of ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part of ADAPT-CHASSIS case of ADAPT-COMFROP adapter
The ADAPT-change-BASE component of the ADAPT-change CHASSIS (fig. 127, 129, 131) is comprised of several elements (fig. 127-132) that can be assembled by screwing or gluing after placing the CONSTROP and constop optical converters. The number of elements depends on the number of PNIV levels of the CFO duct.
Elements at the end of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE, 131DAPT-CHASSIS-BASE) are called ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER, and ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER, 131DAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER), if there are two PNIV levels, an additional conduit called ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER is inserted between the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER (129 ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER) to form an additional conduit, Two and four PNIV level sections; these components are called ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel (127ADAPT-COMFROP-OneLevel, 128ADAPT-COMFROP-OneLevel), ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-TwoLevel (129ADAPT-COMFROP-TwoLevel, 130 ADAPT-COMFROP-TwoLevel), ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-FourLevel (131ADAPT-COMFROP-FourLevel, 132 ADAPT-COMFROP-FourLevel), respectively. It can be manufactured in the following way:
1. production of part ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel: since there is only one PNIV level, this section (FIG. 127, FIG. 128) contains two elements, called ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER (127 ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-LOWER) and ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER (127 ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-UPPER), respectively. The assembly of these two elements forms four conduits CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4(127PNIV1-CFO1, 127PNIV1-CFO2, 127PNIV1-CFO3, 127PNIV1-CFO 4). Both elements can be made by molding a rigid and lightweight opaque material.
A) element ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER: the upper surface of this element comprises half of four CFO catheters and half of sixteen precision alignment slots, namely CFO1-RALP1, CFO1-RALP2, CFO1-RALP3, CFO1-RALP4 for CFO1 catheter; CFO2-RALP1, CFO2-RALP2, CFO2-RALP3, CFO2-RALP4 for CFO2 catheter; CFO3-RALP1, CFO3-RALP2, CFO3-RALP3, CFO3-ralP4 for CFO3 catheter; CF4-RALP1, CF4-RALP2, CF4-RALP3, CF4-RALP4 for CF4 catheter. The height of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element can cover the back of the protective cover at the upper part of the adapter ADAPT-COMFROP and can be used as a supporting bracket; it has one or more through HOLEs (128OPFIBER-HOLE) for the fiber optic cable, allowing the connection of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter to the OPFIBER-LAN local area network, two large openings for the passage of the optical fibers contained in the cable, and five aligned mortises to ensure accurate assembly with the ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER element.
B) element ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER: the lower surface of the element includes the other half of the four CFO ducts and the other half of the sixteen precision alignment slots. These two halves are identical to the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element and are positioned so that after assembly of the two elements, they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV level. The ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER element further comprises two large openings for the passage of the optical fibers contained in the cable; and the five aligning tenons are used for matching with the five aligning mortises of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER element so as to realize accurate assembly.
2. Production of part ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel: thus, the section with two PNIV planes (FIG. 129, FIG. 130) contains three elements, called ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-Levels-LOWER (129 ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-LOWER), ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-TwoLevel-UPPER (129 ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-UPPER) and ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-Levels-CENTRAL (129 ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-CENTRAL), assembled such that eight conduits can be formed, PNIV1-CFO1 for the PNIV plane 1, PNIV1-CFO, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4 and PNIV2-CFO 5, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV 3624-CFO 37129-CFO 86129, PNIV 59 2 for the PNIV2 plane, PNIV2-CFO 5-CFO 2-CFO2, PNIV-CFIV 2-CFO-59 2, PNIV-CFO-5986129-CFO-36 2, PNIV-3686129-CFO-368653, PNIV-36 2, PNIV-36129-CFO-368653, PNIV-36 2-3645 for the PNIV2 plane. These three elements can be made by molding a rigid, lightweight opaque material.
A) element ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER: the upper surface of the element comprises half of four CFO catheters of PNIV2 level, namely PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4, and half of sixteen precision alignment grooves, namely PNIV2-CFO1-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP4 for PNIV2-CFO1 catheters; PNIV2-CFO2-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO2-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO2-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO2-RALP4 for PNIV2-CFO2 catheter; PNIV2-CFO3-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP4 for PNIV2-CFO3 catheter; PNIV2-CFO4-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO4-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO4-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO4-RALP4. ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-Levels-LOWER elements for use in a PNIV2-CFO4 catheter have a height that covers the back of the boot on top of the ADAPT-COMFROP adaptor and also serves as a support bracket; having one or more OPTICAL FIBER cables known as OPTICAL-FIBER-HOLEs (130 OPTICAL-HOLEs), an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter can be connected to an ADAPT-LAN local area network, two large openings for the passage of the OPTICAL FIBERs contained in said cable, and five alignment tenons to ensure precise assembly with an ADAPT-channels-BASE-TwoLevels-center element.
B) element ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER: the lower surface of the element comprises half of four CFO catheters of PNIV1 level, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, and half of sixteen precision alignment grooves, namely PNIV1-CFO1-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP3, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP4 for PNIV1-CFO1 catheters; PNIV1-CFO2-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO2-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO2-RALP3, PNIV1-CFO2-RALP4 for PNIV1-CFO2 catheter; PNIV1-CFO3-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP3, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP4 for PNIV1-CFO3 catheter; PNIV1-CFO4-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO4-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO4-RALP3 and PNIV1-CFO4-RALP4 for PNIV1-CFO4 catheter. The ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-LEVELS-UPPER element has two large openings for the passage of optical fibers and five alignment tenons for mating with the five mortises of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel-CENTRAL element for precise assembly.
C) element ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL: the upper surface of this element comprises the other half of the four CFO tubes of PNIV1 level, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, and half of the sixteen associated precisely aligned slots; half of the CFO duct and half of the associated precisely aligned slots are identical to half of the ADAPT-channels-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element and are positioned such that, after assembly of the elements, they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV1 level. The lower surface of this element comprises the other half of the four CFO ducts at the level of PNIV2, namely ducts PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4, and the other half of the sixteen associated precisely aligned slots; half of the CFO duct and half of the associated precision alignment groove are identical to half of the ADAPT-channels-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element and are positioned such that, after assembly of the elements, they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV2 level. The ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel-CENTRAL element further includes two large openings for the passage of the optical fiber, and ten alignment tenons for mating with the ten alignment tenons of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel-UPPADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel-LOWER element.
The manufacture of an ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevel part: this portion (FIG. 131, FIG. 132) is formed by adding an ADDITIONAL MODULE called ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL (131 ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL) to the constructed ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel component. The ADD-in MODULE consists of three elements, called ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL-LOWER (131 ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-LOWER), ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL-UPPER (131 ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-ADD-MODEL-UPPER), and ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL-CENTRAL (131 ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODEL-CENTRAL). The ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevel component may be fabricated by molding a rigid, lightweight opaque material, preferably the same material as the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevel component:
-3.a) element ADAPT-sessions-BASE-addition-MODULE-LOWER: this element is identical in all respects to the ADAPT-tasks-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element, except for the height reduction, and can therefore be installed below the ADAPT-tasks-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER.
-3.b) element ADAPT-sessions-BASE-addition-MODULE-UPPER: this element is identical in all respects to the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element.
-3.c) element ADAPT-sessions-BASE-addition-MODULE-centre: this element is identical in all respects to the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element.
Method for manufacturing ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component of ADAPT-CHASSIS case of 6.4.2-ADAPT-COMFROP adapter
The ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, 131ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE) of the ADAPT-CHASSIS CHASSIS (FIG. 127, 129, 131) is similar to the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component of DUO-PSAT constructed in section 4.3.8 (FIG. 123). This portion is composed of six major elements, called ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH4, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM five elements ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3, and ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH4, which may preferably be assembled by gluing. After placing the CONSOP-CPLR and CONFROP-CPLR optical couplers, the two elements ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER and ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM are assembled, preferably by a threaded connection. The manufacturing method of all these elements is as follows:
1. Element ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER: the element is used for being installed on the upper surface of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE component through threaded connection; it is reminded that the UPPER surface corresponds to the element ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER or ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-TwoLevel-UPPER or ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE-FourLevel-UPPER. If necessary, the ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element comprises a bracket, namely ADAPT-CRADLE, which is used for installing CONSOP-CPLR and CONFROP-CPLR optical couplers under the condition that the number of optical fibers needs to be reduced; it should be noted that this condition can reduce the optical sensitivity of the SICOSF system. The ADAPT-CHARSS-INTERFACE-LOWER element must be constructed according to the ADAPT-CHARSS-BASE component; the threaded hole is surrounded by an alignment hollow cylinder for precise alignment during component assembly; it may be manufactured by molding a rigid, lightweight opaque material, preferably the same material as the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part.
2. Elements of ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH 4: these four elements form a locking/unlocking device by latching of the protective cover associated with the ADAPT-chasss component; which are identical and are designed in such a way that, on the one hand, the protective cap can be locked (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 128ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 130ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 131ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER132ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER), the latch can be engaged by simple pressure in a groove belonging to said protective cap, and, on the other hand, the latch can be disengaged by simple friction on a suitable button in order to unlock the protective cap. The components of the mechanism used to construct this element are mainly helical springs and other components, which the person skilled in the art of micromechanics knows how to manufacture and assemble.
3. Element ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM: the elements of the PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM are the same as those of the PSAT-CHASSIS case.
6.4.3-ADAPT-CHASSIS-PROTECCTIVECOVER COMPONENT MANUFACTURING METHOD
It is to be noted here that the ADAPT-CHASSIS-PROTECCTIVECOVER component is a protective cover for the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter. It is a hollow body (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 128ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 130ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 131DAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 132ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER), the front face of which matches the shape of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component; four micro-cylinders on its base, the notch of each micro-cylinder being aligned with the latch of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE component; the ADAPT-CHASSIS-PROTECCTIVECOVER component may be fabricated by molding techniques using rigid, lightweight opaque or transparent materials.
6.4.4-COMMINED-ADAPT-PSAT and COMMINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adaptors
The combound-ADAPT-PSAT and combound-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapters can be manufactured separately, but the simplest approach is to modify the grouping of one or two photonic pseudolites, respectively, PSAT (fig. 133-144) in the following way:
1. modification of the CHASSIS parts PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE: operations (fig. 133-144) include drilling HOLEs (133OPFIBER-HOLE, 134OPFIBER-HOLE, 135OPFIBER-HOLE, 136OPFIBER-HOLE, 138OPFIBER-HOLE, 140OPFIBER-HOLE, 142OPFIBER-HOLE, 144OPFIBER-HOLE) in PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE elements that are components of the CHASSIS PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE, respectively, for passing fiber optic cables. Some of the optical fibers belonging to the cable are used for connection to the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN local area network, the following elements: -N CONRO concentrators belonging to a COMBINED adapter combound-ADAPT-PSAT or 2 xn CONRO concentrators belonging to a combound-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter; -a NDIFFRO light diffuser belonging to a combound-ADAPT-PSAT adapter or a 2 xn DIFFRO light diffuser belonging to a combound-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter.
Installation of the CONSOP and CONSOP optical converters: several CONSOP optical converters were installed, distributed at a rate of one optical converter per photonic pseudolite belonging to the SICOMS F system. In the same manner, several CONFROP optical converters are installed, distributed at a rate of one optical converter per photonic pseudolite belonging to the SICOSF system. Each of these optical radiation converters is used for an ICFO interface connected to an OPFIBRE-LAN local area network by optical fibres.
6.5-method for manufacturing PPI-REPEATER photonic interconnection gateway for two SICOMSF systems
The fabrication of PPI-REPEATER photonic interconnect gateways for two SICOSF systems (figures 212-213) requires the use of two adapters ADAPT-REPEATER (213 ADAPT-REPEATER 1, 213 ADAPT-REPEATER 2), as described in section 6.4.2; then operated by an optical coupler (213 optupler) in the following manner:
-a) the optical signals provided by all CONFROP optical converters belonging to one of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapters (213ADAPT-COMFROP1) are mixed and distributed in equal ratios among all confop optical converters belonging to the other ADAPT-COMFROP adapter (213ADAPT-COMFROP 2); and is
-b) the optical signals provided by all CONSOP optical converters belonging to one of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapters (213ADAPT-COMFROP2) are mixed and distributed in equal ratios among all CONFROP optical converters belonging to the other ADAPT-COMFROP adapter (213ADAPT-COMFROP 1).
6.6-method of assigning wavelengths to photonic pseudolites of SICOMS F systems-application example
6.6.1-Combined analytical cues
6.6.1.1-theorem: let E and F be two non-empty finite sets with cardinalities m and n (m ≦ n), respectively, and the set injected with E is a finite set with cardinalities:
example (c):
e ═ {1, 2, …, m } and F ═ x1，…，xN}
Let i be the E to F injection: p → i (p) ═ xi(p)
The mapping of E to F injection i is i (E) ═ xi(1),xi(2),…,xi(m))。
6.6.1.2-definition: the mapping of E to F injection i is referred to as n objects x1，…，xNM by m without repeating arrangement.
6.6.1.3-theorem: set E ═ {1, 2, …, n } to set F ═ x1，…，xNThe number of bijections is equal to n! .
This is the application of the theorem in paragraph 6.6.1.1, where m is n.
6.6.1.4-definition: bijections that are finite set to themselves are called permutations.
6.6.1.5-theorem: of the set of n elements, the number of subsets of m elements is equal to:
6.6.1.6-definition: of a set of n elements, any subset of m elements is referred to as an m by m non-repeating combination of n elements.
6.6.1.7-Properties:
6.6.2-wavelength assignment method and method for extending the transmit-receive spectrum by adaptive wavelength hopping
6.6.2.1-problem statement
Let L be { lambdal，...，λnλThe "is the set of transmit and receive wavelengths for a local area network with a SICOSF system, let E ═ 1. Let ns be the number of photonic pseudolites belonging to the SICOSF system, and PST ═ PSAT 1.
The problem statement is that a set of wavelengths L ═ λ is foundl，...，λnλThe number of non-empty subsets of which is equal to ns, so as to assign it to n at a rate of one subset per photonic pseudolitesA photonic pseudolite PSAT1s(ii) a Such that the above-described photonic pseudolites can communicate using these partitions without optical interference with each other, even when wavelength hopping is performed.
6.6.2.2-method for solving problem
a) Symbol
Let i be a set of wavelengths L ═ λl，...，λnλDouble rays to itself. The bigram is denoted as λk→i(λk)。
Such bijective number is equal to n according to theorem 6.6.1.3λ！。
Is recorded as i(λk)＝λi(k)Where k ∈ 1.., n λ }, L ═ λ ·l，...，λnλThe mapping of bijective i of is with nλOrdered set of elements, called nλTuples, i (l) ═ λi(1)，...，λi(nλ))。
b)nsA photonic pseudolite PSAT1sOf the wavelength subset of
The prerequisite for the implementation is nλ≥ns。
According to the followingForm the set L ═ lambda by way of extractionl，...，λnλWavelength subset of the partitions of }:
let i be the set of wavelengths L ═ λl，...，λnλN to itselfλ| A Any one of the bijections and i (l) ═ λi(1)、...，λi(nλ)) To (3) is performed.
b.1)nλCan be nsCase of integer division: let n beλ＝qns：
Selecting L ═ λl，...，λnλ) So that each of them has q elements. This selection is performed in the following way:
A subset of wavelengths λi(1)，...，λi(q)Assigned to the photonic pseudolite PSAT 1; it is denoted as λi(k1)Where k1 e { 1.,. q }, and can be sorted and written as (λ }i(1)，...，λi(q)))。
A subset of wavelengths λi(q+1)，...，λi(2q)Assigned to the photonic pseudolite PSAT 2; it is denoted as λi(k2)Where k2 ∈ { q + 1.., 2q }, which may be ordered and written as ((λ)i(q+1)，...，λi(2q)))。
-…
A subset of wavelengths λi(q.ns-q+1)，...，λi(q.ns)Assign to photonic pseudolite PSATns(ii) a It is denoted as λi(kns)Where kns e { (q.ns-q +1), q.ns }, and can be sorted and written as (λ.ns-q +1)i(q.ns-q+1)，...，λi(q.ns))。
b.2)nλCan not be covered by nsCase of integer division: let n beλ＝qnsQ (ns-1) + q + r, where 0<r<ns：
Selecting L ═ λl，...，λnλ) Such that each of them has q elements and the remaining subset has (q + r) elements. This selection is performed in the following way:
a subset of wavelengths λi(1)，...，λi(q)Assigned to photonic pseudolite PSAT1; it is denoted as λi(k1)Wherein
k1E { 1., q }, and may be sorted and written as (λ i (1),., λ i (q)).
A subset of wavelengths λi(q+1)，...，λi(2q)Assigned to the photonic pseudolite PSAT 2; it is denoted as λi(k2)Wherein k is2E { q + 1.., 2q }, which can be sorted and written as (λ })i(q+1)，...，λi(2q)))。
-…
A subset of wavelengths λi(q.ns-2q+1)，...，λi(q.ns-q)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT (ns-1); it is denoted as λi(kns-1)Wherein k isns-1E { (q.ns-2q +1), (q.ns-q) }, and may be ordered and written as (λ. i(q.ns-2q+1)，...，λi(q.ns-q))。
A subset of wavelengths λi(q.ns-q+1)，...，λi(q.ns+r)Assign to photonic pseudolite PSATns(ii) a It is denoted as λi(kns)Wherein k isnsE { q (ns-1) +1, q.ns + r }, and can be ordered and written as (λ & + r }i(q.ns-q+1)，...，λi(q.ns+r))。
6.6.2.3-application of the method in an electronic communication network with a SICOSF system, the photonic cell matrix CELLij of which has m columns and n rows, where m is 1 and n is 1
a) Context reminding: FIG. 214 to FIG. 227
The SICOMS system comprises only one CELL11, limited on the one hand to n s4 and nλIn the case of 4, on the other hand, n is limiteds4 and nλIn the case of 8.
b)nsIs 4 and n λ4 or nλCase 8: the subset of wavelengths is extracted and assigned to the 4 photon pseudolite PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11 of one CELL CELL11
N necessary condition for verifying implementationλ≥ns。
b.1)nλIs 4 and ns＝4＝>Case where q is 1The following conditions:
let i be the set of wavelengths L ═ λl，...，λ4To its own 4! Any one of the bijections and i (l) ═ λi(1)、...，λi(4)) To (3) is performed.
The number of permutations of 4 wavelengths is equal to 4! 24, and the number of permutations of 4 wavelengths without repetition of 1 by 1 is equal to
The set L ═ λ is extracted in the following mannerl，...，λ4Wavelength subset of the partitions of }:
selecting n s4 wavelength subsets, such that each subset has q 1 elements, then assign:
-wavelength λi(k1)To photonic pseudolite PSAT-A11, where k1 is 1, i.e., λi(1)。
-wavelength λi(k2)To photonic pseudolite PSAT-B11, where k2 ═ 2, i.e., λi(2)。
-wavelength λi(k3)To photonic pseudolite PSAT-C11, where k3 ═ 3, i.e., λi(3)。
-wavelength λi(k4)To photonic pseudolite PSAT-D11, where k4 ═ 4, i.e., λi(4)。
b.2)nλIs 8 and ns＝4＝>Case q is 2:
let i be the set of wavelengths L ═ λl，...，λ 88 to itself! Any one of the bijections and i (l) ═ λi(1)、...，λi(8)) To (3) is performed.
The number of permutations of 8 wavelengths is equal to 8! 40320, the number of 2 by 2 permutations of 8 wavelengths without repetition is equal to
The set L ═ λ is extracted in the following mannerl，...，λ4Wavelength subset of the partitions of }:
selecting n s4 wavelength subSet, so that each subset has q 2 elements, then will:
-a subset of wavelengths λi(1)，λi(2)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-A11; it is denoted as λi(k1)Wherein k is1∈{1，
2} and may be ordered and noted as (λ)i(1)，λi(2))。
-wavelength { λi(3)，λi(4)Is assigned to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-B11; it is denoted as λi(k2)Wherein k is2∈{3，
4} and may be sorted and noted as (λ)i(3)，λi(4))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(5)，λi(6)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-C11; it is denoted as λi(k3)Wherein k is3∈{5，
6, and may be sorted and noted as (λ)i(5)，λi(6))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(7)，λi(8)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-D11; it is denoted as λ i(k4)Wherein k is4∈{7，
8, and may be ordered and written as (λ)i(7)，λi(8)。
6.6.2.4-application of the method in an electronic communication network with a SICOSF system, the photonic cell matrix CELLij of which has m columns and n rows, where m is 2 and n is 1
a) Context reminding: FIGS. 228-234
The SICOMOSF system comprises two CELLs CELL11, CELL21, limited on the one hand to n s8 and nλIn the case of 8, on the other hand, n is limiteds8 and nλIn the case of 16.
b)nsIs 8 and n λ8 or nλCase 16: the wavelength subsets were extracted and assigned to CELL11, the 8 photon pseudolite PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11 of CELL21, and PSAT-A21, PSAT-B21, PSAT-C21, PSAT-D21
N necessary condition for verifying implementationλ≥ns。
b.1)nλIs 4 and ns＝8＝>Case q is 1:
let i be the set of wavelengths L ═ λl，...，λ 88 to itself! Any one of the bijections and i (l) ═ c (c)λi(1)、...，λi(8)) To (3) is performed.
The number of permutations of 8 wavelengths is equal to 8! 40320, the number of 1 by 1 permutations of 8 wavelengths without repetition is equal to
The set L ═ λ is extracted in the following mannerl，...，λ8Wavelength subset of the partitions of }:
selecting n s8 subsets of wavelengths, each subset having q 1 elements, then assign:
-wavelength λi(k1)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-A11, where k 11, i.e. λi(1)。
-wavelength λi(k2)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-B11, where k 22, i.e. λi(2)。
-wavelength λi(k3)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-A21, where k 33, i.e. λi(k3)。
-wavelength λi(k4)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-B21, where k 44, i.e. λi(4)。
-wavelength λi(k5)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-D11, where k55, i.e. λi(5)。
-wavelength λi(k6)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-C11, where k66, i.e. λi(6)。
-wavelength λi(k7)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-D21, where k 77, i.e. λi(7)。
-wavelength λi(k8)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-C21, where k 88, i.e. λi(8)。
b.2)nλ16 and ns＝8＝>Case q is 2:
let i be the set of wavelengths L ═ λl，...，λ16To its own 16! Any one of the bijections and i (l) ═ λi(1)、...，λi(16)) To (3) is performed.
The number of permutations of 16 wavelengths is equal to 16! 20922789888 × 103, and the number of permutations of 16 wavelengths without repetition of 2 by 2 is equal to
The set L ═ λ is extracted in the following mannerl，...，λ16Wavelength subset of the partitions of }:
selecting n s8 wavelength subsets, such that each subset has q 2 elements, then:
-a subset of wavelengths λi(1)，λi(2)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-A11; it is denoted as λi(k1)Wherein k is1E {1, 2}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(1)，λi(2))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(3)，λi(4)To the photonic pseudolite PSAT-B11; it is denoted as λi(k2)Wherein k is 2E {3, 4}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(3)，λi(4))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(5)，λi(6)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-A21; it is denoted as λi(k3)Wherein k is3E {5, 6}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(5)，λi(6))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(7)，λi(8)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-B21; it is denoted as λi(k4)Wherein k is4E {7, 8}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(7)，λi(8)。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(9)，λi(10)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-D11; it is denoted as λi(k5)Wherein k is5E {9, 10}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(9)，λi(10))。
-wavelength { λi(11)，λi(12A subset of } is assigned to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-C11; it is denoted as λi(k6)Wherein k is6E {11, 12}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(11)，λi(12))。
-wavelength { λi(13)，λi(14)A subset of } is assigned to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-D21; it is denoted as λi(k7)Wherein k is7E {13, 14}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(13)，λi(14))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(15)，λi(16)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-C21; it is denoted as λi(k8)Wherein k is8E {15, 16}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(15)，λi(16))。
6.6.2.5-application of the method in an electronic communication network with a SICOSF system, the photonic cell matrix CELLij of which has m columns and n rows, where m is 2 and n is 2
a) Context reminding: FIG. 235-FIG. 241
The SICOMOSF system comprises four CELLs CELL11, CELL21, CELL12 and CELL22, limited on the one hand to ns16 and nλIn the case of 16, on the other hand, n is limiteds16 and nλIn the case of 32.
b) ns 16 and n λ 16 or n λ 32: the wavelength subsets are extracted and assigned to CELLs CELL11, CELL21, CELL12, 16 photon pseudolites PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11, and PSAT-A21, PSAT-B21, PSAT-C21, PSAT-D21, and PSAT-A12, PSAT-B12, PSAT-C12, PSAT-D12, and PSAT-A22, PSAT-B22, PSAT-C22, PSAT-D22 of CELL 22.
Verifying that the realized necessary condition n lambda is more than or equal to ns.
b.1)nλ16 and ns＝16＝>Case q is 1:
let i be the set of wavelengthsAnd x is ═ λl，...，λ16To its own 16! Any one of the bijections and i (l) ═ λi(1)、...，λi(16)) To (3) is performed.
The number of permutations of 16 wavelengths is equal to 16! 20922789888 × 103, the number of permutations of 16 wavelengths without repetition of 1 by 1 equals
A subset of wavelengths forming the partitions of the set L ═ { λ L., λ 16} is extracted as follows:
selecting ns16 wavelength subsets, each subset having q 1 elements, and then assigning:
-wavelength λi(k1)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-A11, where k 11, i.e. λi(1)。
-wavelength λi(k2)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-B11, where k 22, i.e. λi(2)。
-wavelength λi(k3)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-A21, where k 33, i.e. λi(3)。
-wavelength λi(k4)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-B21, where k 44, i.e. λi(4)。
-wavelength λi(k5)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-D11, where k55, i.e. λi(5)。
-wavelength λi(k6)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-C11, where k66, i.e. λi(6)。
-wavelength λi(k7)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-D21, where k 77, i.e. λi(7)。
-wavelength λi(k8)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-C21, where k 88, i.e. λi(8)。
-wavelength λi(k9)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-A12, where k9Equal to 9, i.e. λi(9)。
-wavelength λi(k10)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-B12, where k10＝10, i.e. λi(10)。
-wavelength λi(k11)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-A22, where k1111, i.e. λi(11)。
-wavelength λi(k12)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-B22, where k 1212, i.e. λi(12)。
-wavelength λi(k13)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-D12, where k1313, i.e. λi(13)。
-wavelength λi(k14)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-C12, where k1414, i.e. λi(14)。
-wavelength λi(k15)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-D22, where k 1515, i.e. λi(15)。
-wavelength λi(k16)To a photonic pseudolite PSAT-C22, where k1616, i.e. λi(16)。
b.2)nλ32 and ns＝16＝>Case q is 2:
let i be the set of wavelengths L ═ λl，...，λ32To its own 32! Any one of the bijections and i (l) ═ λi(1)、...，λi(32)) To (3) is performed.
The number of permutations of 32 wavelengths is equal to 32! 2.6313083693369 × 1035, and the number of permutations of 2 by 2 without repetition among 32 wavelengths is equal to 
The set L ═ λ is extracted in the following mannerl，...，λ32Wavelength subset of the partitions of }:
selecting ns16 wavelength subsets, each subset having q 2 elements, and then assigning:
-a subset of wavelengths λi(1)，λi(2)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-A11; it is denoted as λi(k1)Wherein k is1E {1, 2}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(1)，λi(2))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(3)，λi(4)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-B11; it is denoted as λi(k2)Wherein k is2E {3, 4}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(3)，λi(4))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(5)，λi(6)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-A21; it is denoted as λi(k3)Wherein k is3E {5, 6}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(5)，λi(6))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(7)，λi(8)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-B21; it is denoted as λi(k4)Wherein k is4E {7, 8}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(7)，λi(8)。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(9)，λi(10)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-D11; it is denoted as λi(k5)Wherein k is5E {9, 10}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(9)，λi(10))。
-wavelength { λi(11)，λi(12A subset of } is assigned to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-C11; it is denoted as λi(k6)Wherein k is6E {11, 12}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(11)，λi(12))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(13)，λi(14)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-D21; it is denoted as λi(k7)Wherein k is7E {13, 14}, and can be sorted and written as (λ) i(13)，λi(14))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(15)，λi(16)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-C21; it is denoted as λi(k8)Wherein k is8E {15, 16}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(15)，λi(16)。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(17)，λi(18)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-A12; it is denoted as λi(k9)Wherein k is9E {17, 18}, andand may be ordered and written as (lambda)i(17)，λi(18))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(19)，λi(20)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-B12; it is denoted as λi(k10)Wherein k is10E {19, 20}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(19)，λi(20))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(21)，λi(22)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-A22; it is denoted as λi(k11)Wherein k is11E {21, 22}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(21)，λi(22))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(23)，λI(24)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-B22; it is denoted as λi(k12)Wherein k is12E {23, 24 and can be sorted and noted as (λ)i(23)，λi(24))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(25)，λi(26)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-D12; it is denoted as λi(k13)Wherein k is13E {25, 26}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(25)，λi(26))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(27)，λi(28)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-C12; it is denoted as λi(k14)Wherein k is14E {27, 28}, and can be sorted and written as (λ)i(27)，λi(28))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(29)，λi(30)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-D22; it is denoted as λi(k15)Wherein k is15E {29, 30}, and can be sorted and written as (λ) i(29)，λi(30))。
-a subset of wavelengths λi(31)，λi(32)Assign to the photonic pseudolite PSAT-C22; it is denoted as λi(k16)Wherein k is16E {31, 32}, and it can sort and note them as (λ)i(31)，λi(32))。
6.6.2.6-application of the method in an electronic communication network with a SICOSF system, the photonic cell matrix CELLij of which has m columns and n rows, where m is 2 and n is 4
a) Context reminding: FIG. 242-FIG. 243
The SICOSF system includes eight CELLs CELL11, CELL21, CELL12, CELL22, and CELL13, CELL23, CELL14, CELL 24. Each of these 8 units contains 4 photonic pseudolites, for the SICOSF system, there are 32 photonic pseudolites in total.
b) Application of the method
Such a SICOSF system need only be considered as a concatenation of two identical SICOSF subsystems, each having m 2 columns and n 2 rows, each subsystem then being assigned a set of wavelengths according to the method discussed in section 6.6.2.5 above. In other words, on the one hand, the CELLs CELL11 and CELL21, CELL12 and CELL22 need only be considered as belonging to one of the SICOSF subsystems, and on the other hand, the CELLs CELL13 and CELL23, CELL14 and CELL24 are considered as belonging to another SICOSF subsystem. Then, the same wavelength is assigned to the photonic pseudolite belonging to the CELLs CELL11 and CELL 13; assigning the same wavelength to the photonic pseudolites belonging to CELLs CELL21 and CELL 23; assigning the same wavelength to the photonic pseudolites belonging to CELLs CELL12 and CELL 14; the same wavelength is assigned to the photonic pseudolites belonging to CELLs CELL22 and CELL 24.
6.6.3-conclusion
For any SICOMOSF system with column number m ≧ 2 and row number n ≧ 2, using this approach, it is only necessary to consider it as a concatenation of several subsystems, with the elements of each subsystem distributed over 2 columns and 2 rows, as described above in section 6.6.2.6, and then:
a) for example, if two-way communication is desired via wireless light having the same wavelength, without optical interference between the photonic pseudolites of different units, only 16 wavelengths need be used; it is thus possible to perform a wavelength jump simultaneously for all photonic pseudolites belonging to the SICOMOSF system, without the number of permutations equaling 16! 20922789888 × 103 optical interference; for each photonic pseudolite belonging to the SICOMS system, the number of 1 by 1 repetition-free permutations of these 16 wavelengths is equal to
b) For example, if two-way communication is desired by wireless light having 2 wavelengths without optical interference between photonic pseudolites of different units, only 2 × 16 — 32 wavelengths need be used; it is thus possible to perform a wavelength jump simultaneously for all photonic pseudolites belonging to the SICOMOSF system, without the number of permutations being equal to 32! 2.6313083693369 × 1035 light interference; 2.6313083693369 × 1035; for each photonic pseudolite belonging to the SICOMS system, the number of permutations of the 32 wavelengths without repetition of 2 by 2 is equal to 
c) In summary, if, for example, two-way communication is desired over wireless light having p wavelengths without optical interference between photonic pseudolites of different units, only 16p wavelengths need be used; it is thus possible to perform a wavelength jump simultaneously for all photonic pseudolites belonging to a SICOMOSF system without the number of permutations equal to (16 p)! The optical interference of (a); for each photonic pseudolite belonging to the SICOMS system, the number of permutations of these 16p wavelengths without repetition of p by p is equal to
Claims (409)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/EP2018/069694 WO2020015833A1 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2018-07-19 | Mobile terminal and cellular network with photonic antennas and pseudo-satellites to increase transfer rates and reduce the risk of brain disease and rf electromagnetic pollution |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CN112868191A true CN112868191A (en) | 2021-05-28 |
Family
ID=64331997
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201880097767.7A Pending CN112868191A (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2018-07-19 | Mobile terminal and cellular network with photonic antenna and pseudolite to increase transmission rate and reduce risk of brain disease and RF electromagnetic pollution |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP3891906A1 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN112868191A (en) |
| BR (1) | BR112021001036A2 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2020015833A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20220116103A1 (en) * | 2020-10-09 | 2022-04-14 | Schweitzer Engineering Laboratories, Inc. | Wireless radio repeater for electric power distribution system |
| US12184343B2 (en) | 2021-10-08 | 2024-12-31 | Schweitzer Engineering Laboratories, Inc. | Systems and methods to communicate data between devices of an electric power delivery system |
Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6795655B1 (en) * | 2000-10-09 | 2004-09-21 | Meklyn Enterprises Limited | Free-space optical communication system with spatial multiplexing |
| CN1610850A (en) * | 2001-09-20 | 2005-04-27 | 卡佩拉光子学公司 | Free-space optical systems for wavelength switching and spectral monitoring applications |
| EP1589678A1 (en) * | 2003-01-31 | 2005-10-26 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Optical antenna |
Family Cites Families (10)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4456793A (en) | 1982-06-09 | 1984-06-26 | Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated | Cordless telephone system |
| US4727600A (en) | 1985-02-15 | 1988-02-23 | Emik Avakian | Infrared data communication system |
| US4775996A (en) | 1987-09-30 | 1988-10-04 | Northern Telecom Limited | Hybrid telephony communication system |
| US4960315A (en) * | 1989-05-19 | 1990-10-02 | At&T Bell Laboratories | Atmosphric optical communication link |
| DE4310230C2 (en) | 1992-11-26 | 1997-09-11 | Sel Alcatel Ag | Portable subscriber terminal for mobile radio |
| US5596648A (en) | 1994-04-07 | 1997-01-21 | Fast; Lawrence R. | Infrared audio transmitter system |
| WO2000056051A1 (en) | 1999-03-12 | 2000-09-21 | Mti, Inc. | Cellular telephone with reduced radiation exposure |
| DE60201878T2 (en) | 2002-01-28 | 2005-03-17 | Sony International (Europe) Gmbh | Mobile device with grounded radiation shielding frame |
| RU2219666C1 (en) * | 2002-06-05 | 2003-12-20 | Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "Подсолнечник Технологии" | Light beam generating device |
| GB2510162A (en) * | 2013-01-28 | 2014-07-30 | Bae Systems Plc | In a multi-band antenna, a multi-layer dielectric layer is provided on the surface of a reflector |
-
2018
- 2018-07-19 EP EP18803864.0A patent/EP3891906A1/en active Pending
- 2018-07-19 CN CN201880097767.7A patent/CN112868191A/en active Pending
- 2018-07-19 WO PCT/EP2018/069694 patent/WO2020015833A1/en unknown
- 2018-07-19 BR BR112021001036-0A patent/BR112021001036A2/en unknown
Patent Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6795655B1 (en) * | 2000-10-09 | 2004-09-21 | Meklyn Enterprises Limited | Free-space optical communication system with spatial multiplexing |
| CN1610850A (en) * | 2001-09-20 | 2005-04-27 | 卡佩拉光子学公司 | Free-space optical systems for wavelength switching and spectral monitoring applications |
| EP1589678A1 (en) * | 2003-01-31 | 2005-10-26 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Optical antenna |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| 王丹志, 邵定蓉, 李署坚: "声光自适应信号处理技术在扩频通信中的应用", 光学技术, no. 05, 20 September 2005 (2005-09-20) * |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20220116103A1 (en) * | 2020-10-09 | 2022-04-14 | Schweitzer Engineering Laboratories, Inc. | Wireless radio repeater for electric power distribution system |
| US11973566B2 (en) * | 2020-10-09 | 2024-04-30 | Schweitzer Engineering Laboratories, Inc. | Wireless radio repeater for electric power distribution system |
| US12184343B2 (en) | 2021-10-08 | 2024-12-31 | Schweitzer Engineering Laboratories, Inc. | Systems and methods to communicate data between devices of an electric power delivery system |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2020015833A9 (en) | 2020-09-03 |
| BR112021001036A2 (en) | 2021-07-27 |
| WO2020015833A1 (en) | 2020-01-23 |
| EP3891906A1 (en) | 2021-10-13 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11249262B2 (en) | Wave division multiplexer arrangement for small cell networks | |
| US11705980B2 (en) | Cable arrangement with wavelength division multiplexer | |
| US20150037041A1 (en) | Distributed antenna system architectures | |
| CN203340086U (en) | Distribution unit for distributed communication system based on optical fiber | |
| KR20010079835A (en) | Wireless optical communications without electronics | |
| CN112868191A (en) | Mobile terminal and cellular network with photonic antenna and pseudolite to increase transmission rate and reduce risk of brain disease and RF electromagnetic pollution | |
| US10374720B2 (en) | Light guide arrangement for a mobile communications device for optical data transmission, mobile communications device and method for optical data transmission | |
| Latal et al. | Software design of segment optical transmitter for indoor free-space optical networks | |
| CN203519890U (en) | Single-fiber two-directional optical transceiver | |
| Zakrzewski et al. | Multi-core optical fibers in FTTH/FTTA/FTTS solutions supporting IoT | |
| van den Boom et al. | Angular mode group diversity multiplexing for multi-channel communication in a single step-index plastic optical fibre | |
| CN202404277U (en) | Optical fiber multiplexer | |
| RU2264691C2 (en) | Open optical communication system | |
| Koonen et al. | Recent advances in ultra-broadband optical wireless communication | |
| Latal et al. | New approach to design of optical transmitter for indoor free space optical network | |
| Lee et al. | Multi-core fiber technology for highly reliable optical network in access areas | |
| La Zagarelle et al. | 28 October—1 November | |
| JPS6073501A (en) | Plastic filter lens for optical space propagation |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination |